WO2020220843A1 - Identification information sending and receiving methods, device and apparatus - Google Patents

Identification information sending and receiving methods, device and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020220843A1
WO2020220843A1 PCT/CN2020/079068 CN2020079068W WO2020220843A1 WO 2020220843 A1 WO2020220843 A1 WO 2020220843A1 CN 2020079068 W CN2020079068 W CN 2020079068W WO 2020220843 A1 WO2020220843 A1 WO 2020220843A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
identification information
established
connection
communication connection
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/079068
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王达
梁靖
赵亚利
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2020220843A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020220843A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/11Allocation or use of connection identifiers

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a method, equipment and device for sending and receiving identification information.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of Vehicle to Everything (V2X) communication.
  • the direct communication link between the device and the device is defined as a direct communication (Sidelink, SL) link, and its corresponding The wireless interface is called the direct communication interface (also called the Sidelink interface); the cellular communication link between the network and the direct communication device is called the Uu link, and the corresponding interface is called the Uu interface.
  • the devices for direct communication can also be all on the network, or all off the network, or some devices can be on the network and some devices can be off the network.
  • the so-called online device that participates in direct communication is located within the communication carrier coverage of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) base station.
  • the so-called offline means that the devices participating in direct communication are not within the 3GPP base station communication carrier coverage.
  • NR Next Generation Radio
  • One-to-one communication (unicast) between direct communication terminals;
  • a device can send the same data to all devices in a communication group at a time (multicast);
  • One device can send the same data (broadcast) to all nearby devices at once.
  • the disadvantage of the prior art is that when multiple unicast connections need to be maintained and managed between two UEs, resources are wasted.
  • This application provides a method, equipment and device for sending and receiving identification information, which is used to reduce resource waste when multiple unicast connections need to be maintained and managed between two UEs.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending identification information, including:
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent in at least one of the following ways:
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a PC5-S connection;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent during the SL RRC connection;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal
  • the identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in a connection establishment acceptance message, and after receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or
  • it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the first terminal
  • the identification information of the second terminal it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal
  • the identification information of the terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the method when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a method for receiving identification information, including:
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
  • the second terminal determines whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established according to the identification information.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is received in at least one of the following ways:
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines the first terminal according to the identification information, When the terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When the communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  • the first terminal when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has already communicated with the first terminal.
  • the second terminal establishes a communication connection, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and when it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message or,
  • the method when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
  • An embodiment of the application provides a first terminal device, including:
  • the processor is used to read the program in the memory and execute the following process:
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the first terminal.
  • the two terminals establish a communication connection;
  • Transceiver used to receive and send data under the control of the processor.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent in at least one of the following ways:
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a PC5-S connection;
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing an SL RRC connection;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal
  • the identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment acceptance message, if it receives a notification from the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment acceptance message, if it receives a notification from the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or
  • it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the first terminal
  • the identification information of the second terminal it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal
  • the identification information of the terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message or,
  • the method when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a second terminal device, including:
  • the processor is used to read the program in the memory and execute the following process:
  • the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal After receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, it is determined according to the identification information whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine the Whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
  • Transceiver used to receive and send data under the control of the processor.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is received in at least one of the following ways:
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines the first terminal according to the identification information, When the terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When the communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  • the first terminal when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has already communicated with the first terminal.
  • the second terminal establishes a communication connection, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and when it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message or,
  • the method when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an identification information sending device, including:
  • the communication connection module is used for establishing a communication connection between the first terminal and the second terminal;
  • a sending module configured to send identification information of the first terminal to a second terminal on the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal Communication connection.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established;
  • Sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • Sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the sending module when sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal, is further configured to: if the first terminal sent by the second terminal is received When the terminal has established a connection with the second terminal, or the identification information of the second terminal, use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the sending module is further configured to: if a connection is established between the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal is received Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal when the notification or the identification information of the second terminal is used; or,
  • the capabilities of the second terminal are not stored.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent in a connection establishment request message; or, when the connection is established Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent in the message.
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in a connection establishment acceptance message, after receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal
  • the sending module is also used to:
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment request message, and the sending module is further configured to: upon receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection , Or when the identification information of the second terminal, does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the sending module when the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or the identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message
  • the sending module is further configured to: after receiving the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal Not to establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal when the notification of the connection is established or the identification information of the second terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment message, and the sending module is further configured to: upon receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or when the identification information of the second terminal is used, no SL RRC connection is established with the second terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the sending module is further configured to: when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, transmit service to the second terminal in a MAC PDU Information, the service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an identification information receiving device, including:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal on the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the second terminal Established a communication connection;
  • the connection judgment module is configured to determine whether the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal according to the identification information.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier for network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
  • Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a PC5-S connection;
  • Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
  • Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the identification information of the first terminal that is received by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal that is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the connection judgment module is further configured to: When the information determines that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the connection judgment module is further configured to: if it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has been connected to When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the capabilities of the first terminal are not stored.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • connection judgment module is further configured to: when it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, notify the first terminal The second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the first terminal when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message
  • the connection determination module is further configured to: determine the identification information of the first terminal according to the identification information of the first terminal.
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message
  • the connection judgment module is further configured to: determine according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has communicated with the When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the first terminal when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in one MAC PDU, so The service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, and the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program that executes the foregoing identification information sending or receiving method.
  • the opposite terminal can determine whether a connection has been established, so that the two UEs in the communication connection are A unique communication connection can be established between each other, and further, only one communication connection needs to be maintained and a copy of the UE context is stored, which reduces the complexity of the UE and saves resources.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of V2X communication in the background technology
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a unicast connection establishment process at the NAS layer in an embodiment of the application
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a unicast connection establishment process at the AS layer in an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for sending identification information on a first terminal in an embodiment of this application;
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for receiving identification information on a second terminal in an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 1 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 2 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 3 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the implementation process 4 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 5 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal device in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal device in an embodiment of this application.
  • Non-access stratum Non Access Stratum, NAS
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • PC5 signalling PC5-S
  • Access Stratum The communication connection establishment process at the AS layer, that is, the direct link radio resource control signaling (Sidelink Radio Resource Control, SL RRC) connection establishment process.
  • this application takes the direct link unicast scenario as an example to describe the above two connection establishment procedures respectively. It should be noted that for other scenarios of the direct link, such as the multicast scenario, there are similar connection establishment procedures, which will not be repeated here; in addition, the above two connection establishment procedures can be established at the same time or separately. Independent establishment, or only one communication connection may be established, for example, only the NAS layer communication connection or only the AS layer communication connection is established, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the unicast connection establishment process at the NAS layer.
  • the unicast connection establishment process at the NAS layer mainly includes PC5-S signaling (that is, step 203 and step 204 in the figure), as shown in the figure, and the details are as follows:
  • Step 201 A user equipment (User Equipment, UE) determines a purpose identifier (Identity, ID) used to receive V2X unicast connection establishment signaling, where the target ID is related to the V2X service.
  • UE User Equipment
  • Step 202 The application layer instructs UE1 to perform the V2X unicast service.
  • Step 203 UE1 sends the V2X unicast connection establishment process by broadcasting, where the direct communication request (Direct Communication Request) information includes:
  • V2X business related information A) V2X business related information
  • the destination ID is related to the V2X service that initiates the establishment of the connection
  • Source ID the ID of UE1, which is allocated by UE1 according to the required V2X service
  • the UE needs to independently change the source Layer-2 ID (source Layer-2 ID), and it is changed randomly.
  • source Layer-2 ID source Layer-2 ID
  • a UE can have multiple source Layer-2 IDs
  • the UE needs to inform the peer UE that has established a connection with it.
  • Step 204 If the receiving UE is judged according to the destination ID, if it is determined that it is interested in the establishment of the service connection initiated by the UE1, it will reply with the Direct Communication Accept information of the UE1, which includes the ID of the receiving UE, for example The ID of UE2 in Figure 2 is allocated by UE2 according to the required V2X service.
  • Step 205 The UE mainly exchanges the IDs of both parties through the previously established connection, and performs subsequent unicast service transmission.
  • the transmission of the unicast service needs to use the IDs of both parties to clarify which UE the message is sent to.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the process of establishing a unicast connection at the AS layer. As shown in the figure, a possible process of establishing a unicast connection at the AS layer is:
  • UE1 Based on the IDs of UE1 and UE2, UE1 sends a direct link radio resource control connection establishment request (Sidelink RRC setup request; radio resource control: Radio Resource Control, RRC), and UE2 replies to the direct link radio resource control connection establishment (Sidelink RRC setup) , UE1 confirms that the establishment of the direct link radio resource control connection is completed (Sidelink RRC setup complete).
  • Sidelink RRC setup request radio resource control: Radio Resource Control, RRC
  • RRC setup Radio Resource Control
  • the UE ID is randomly assigned by the UE itself according to different service requirements, and needs to be updated at intervals.
  • the same UE may have multiple different UE IDs based on different services. Therefore, if the existing unicast connection establishment process is followed, a UE may also establish multiple unicast connections with another UE based on different services, that is, multiple unicast connections at the NAS layer or unicast connections at the AS layer. In other words, for a UE, it does not know that it has established multiple unicast connections with another UE, because the ID of the opposite UE is different, and the UE can only think that it has established different unicast connections with multiple UEs. However, it is actually establishing multiple different unicast connections with the same UE.
  • multiple unicast connections need to be maintained and managed between two UEs, for example, multiple PC5-S connections or multiple RRC connections, multiple signaling radio bearer 1 (Signalling Radio Bearer1, SRB1), multiple data A radio bearer (Data Radio Bearer, DRB), etc., stores multiple copies of the same UE context (for example, the capability of the peer UE), which causes a waste of resources.
  • multiple signaling radio bearer 1 Signaling Radio Bearer 1, SRB1
  • SRB1 Signaling radio bearer 1
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • the direct communication interface services only support broadcast services.
  • the direct communication interface services will be more abundant than LTE.
  • Support unicast and multicast services For unicast services, a unicast connection needs to be established between two UEs to transmit unicast services, including control information and data information. The establishment of a unicast connection between two UEs needs to be established according to the UE ID.
  • the UE ID is randomly assigned by the UE itself according to different service requirements, and needs to be updated at intervals. Therefore, the same UE may have multiple different UE IDs based on different services.
  • a UE may also establish multiple unicast connections with another UE based on different services. The UEs also need to maintain and manage multiple unicast connections. Connecting, storing multiple copies of UE context (for example, peer UE capabilities), resulting in waste of resources.
  • the embodiments of this application provide a solution for identifying users, which can uniquely identify users, so that in V2X unicast services, even if two UEs perform different V2X services, only one unicast connection needs to be established. Therefore, only one unicast connection needs to be maintained and managed, a copy of the UE context is stored, and resource overhead is saved.
  • the first terminal will take UE1 and the second terminal UE2 as examples.
  • the first terminal is not completely equal to UE1, and the second terminal is not completely equal to UE2.
  • the first terminal is always the terminal that sends its own identity
  • the second terminal It is always the terminal that receives the identity; and in order to better understand the sending and receiving on a terminal and the interaction with the other party, when describing in terms of UE1 and UE2, either UE1 or UE2 may both send its own identity and receive the other party’s identity
  • the sending identification and the receiving identification can be executed by the same terminal.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for sending identification information on a first terminal. As shown in the figure, it may include:
  • Step 401 The first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal.
  • Step 402 The first terminal sends identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal.
  • this solution is not limited to unicast connections.
  • Multicast actually has similar problems, so it can also be applied to multicast.
  • this solution can be used, that is, the same
  • the UE may have multiple different UE IDs based on different services.
  • This solution can be used when a UE may establish multiple connections with another UE based on different services.
  • the following embodiments will mainly use unicast It is explained as an example, but it is obviously not limited to a unicast scenario, and it can be used in other scenarios after appropriate improvements made by those skilled in the art.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all the identifiers being used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, that is, the ID used when the first terminal establishes a connection with other terminals before, it is possible to establish a connection with the second terminal When it is not used, there is no need to send the ID.
  • the ID used by UE1 includes ID1, ID2, ID3, and ID4 will be used when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, but when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, ID1 is no longer used (maybe ID1 has been updated or used The connection established by ID1 is released, etc.), then UE1 only needs to send ID2, ID3, and ID4 to UE2, that is, ID2, ID3, and ID4 are the IDs being used when the first terminal establishes a connection with the second terminal.
  • ID2, ID3, and ID4 are the IDs being used when the first terminal establishes a connection with the second terminal.
  • the ID here is essentially an ID that helps the second terminal to determine whether a connection has been established.
  • the pre-configured unique identifier may include: pre-defined by the agreement, pre-configured by the equipment manufacturer, pre-allocated by the operator, pre-allocated by the standards organization, and so on.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal by using at least one of the following methods to send the identification information of the first terminal:
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established;
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing an SL RRC connection;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal is received, or the first terminal When the identification information of the second terminal is used, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if it receives a notification from the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal’s
  • identifying information it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the connection is established through the PC5-S, and the first terminal is sent in a connection establishment request message, for example, sent by a direct communication request message (Direct Communication Request message); or,
  • the Direct Communication Request message sent in the scheduling assignment information (Scheduling assignment, SA) process can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application;
  • the first terminal is sent in the connection establishment acceptance message, for example, after receiving the Direct Communication Request message, it is sent in the Direct Communication Accept message (Direct Communication Accept message); or, after receiving the Direct Communication Request message in the SA process , Sent in Direct Communication Accept message, of course, can also be sent in other messages, this application is not limited;
  • the first terminal is sent in a message that sends the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that sends capabilities.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the first terminal is sent in a message that requests the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that requests the second terminal's capabilities.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the connection establishment request message; or, the first terminal sends it in the connection establishment acceptance message Identification information of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment acceptance message. If it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal.
  • the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal.
  • the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be, the first terminal and the second terminal The identification of the first terminal and the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal, or the identification of the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal.
  • the identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the transmission service For information, the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used by the first terminal and the second terminal in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and when receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, It may further include one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal.
  • the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal.
  • the specific service information transmission method is as described above, and will not be repeated here; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal.
  • the identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the specific service information is transmitted The method is as described above and will not be repeated here; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the second terminal identifier sent by the second terminal when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established can be sent in the connection establishment acceptance message, specifically, for example, sent in the Direct Communication Accept message. It can also be understood that the second terminal may also send to the first terminal a notification that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, and the notification may be sent in a connection establishment acceptance message, specifically, for example, sent in a Direct Communication Accept message.
  • the specific content is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, the first terminal is in the SL RRC connection establishment message The identification information of the first terminal is sent in.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and when receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, it further includes One of the following steps or a combination:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal.
  • the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal.
  • the specific service information transmission method is as described above, and will not be repeated here; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal.
  • the identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the specific service information is transmitted The method is as described above and will not be repeated here.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination of:
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, it further includes One of the following steps or a combination:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal.
  • the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal.
  • the specific service information transmission method is as described above, and will not be repeated here; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal.
  • the identifier of the second terminal is the identifier of the second terminal used in the communication connection established by the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the information transmission method is as described above and will not be repeated here.
  • the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection may be notified through a connection establishment completion message, for example, through a Sidelink RRC setup complete message notification.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message may include one of the following or a combination of:
  • the first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message or,
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message may be a Sidelink RRC setup complete message, the identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the Sidelink RRC setup request.
  • the first terminal when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a Media Access Control (MAC) protocol data unit (Protocol Data Unit, PDU), and the service information includes the communication established between the first terminal and the second terminal
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • PDU Protocol Data Unit
  • the new service information can be understood as the service information to be transmitted when the first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal this time.
  • the two types of service information can use the same terminal ID or different terminal IDs, but both can be transmitted in one MAC PDU.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for receiving identification information on a second terminal. As shown in the figure, it may include:
  • Step 501 The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, where the identification information is used for the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
  • Step 502 The second terminal determines whether a communication connection has been established with the first terminal according to the identification information.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the ID used when the first terminal previously established a connection with other terminals may be used when establishing a connection with the second terminal. If you don’t use it, you don’t need to send the ID.
  • the previously used IDs of UE1 include ID1, ID2, ID3, and ID4 will be used when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, but when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, ID1 is no longer used (maybe ID1 has been updated or used The connection established by ID1 is released, etc.), then UE1 only needs to send ID2, ID3, and ID4 to UE2, that is, ID2, ID3, and ID4 are the IDs being used when the first terminal establishes a connection with the second terminal.
  • ID2, ID3, and ID4 are the IDs being used when the first terminal establishes a connection with the second terminal.
  • the ID here is essentially an ID that helps the second terminal to determine whether a connection has been established.
  • the pre-configured unique identifier may include: pre-defined by the agreement, pre-configured by the equipment manufacturer, pre-allocated by the operator, pre-allocated by the standards organization, and so on.
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, and receives the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, It further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes the following One of the steps or a combination:
  • the second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the connection establishment request message.
  • the first terminal sends it through Direct Communication Request message
  • the first terminal is sent through the Direct Communication Request message in the SA process, of course, it can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the connection establishment acceptance message. For example, the first terminal sends it through Direct Communication Accept message; or, the first terminal sends it through Direct Communication Accept message in the SA process. , Of course, can also be sent in other messages, this application is not limited;
  • the first terminal is sent in a message that sends the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that sends capabilities.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the first terminal is sent in a message that requests the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that requests the second terminal's capabilities.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the second terminal when the second terminal determines that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal according to the identification information, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
  • the second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal.
  • the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the first terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal.
  • the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be, the first terminal and the second terminal The identification of the first terminal and the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal, or the identification of the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal.
  • the identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the transmission service For information, the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used by the first terminal and the second terminal in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  • the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection.
  • the first terminal when the SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; for example, the first terminal sends the identification information through Sidelink RRC setup request of. or,
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message. For example, the first terminal sends the identification information through Sidelink RRC setup.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through the SL RRC connection establishment request message.
  • the following steps are further included One or a combination:
  • the second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal.
  • the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
  • the second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is the identifier of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or
  • the second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination of:
  • the first terminal is sent through the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
  • the second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is the identifier of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or
  • the second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the first terminal when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in one MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the new service information can be understood as the service information to be transmitted when the first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal this time.
  • the first terminal sends identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal.
  • the identification information can be used to identify whether it is the same terminal user.
  • the identification information of the first terminal may be one or more of the following information: the identification being used by the first terminal, the combination of identification being used by the first terminal, and the unique identification of the first terminal.
  • the identification information may be:
  • the identification information sent to the peer UE2 is all the identifications of the communication connection that UE1 has currently established, that is, the identification of the current unicast connection of UE1 is sent to the peer UE2;
  • the identification information sent to the peer UE2 is: a combination of all the identities that UE1 has currently established a communication connection, or an identification generated by an algorithm of all the identities that UE1 has currently established a communication connection, such as a hash (HASH) algorithm . Compared with the previous one, it can save channel resources;
  • the identity of the UE is updated, the identity generated by the combination or algorithm will also be updated;
  • the identification information sent to the opposite terminal UE2 is: the unique identifier of UE1, which may be network-configured, pre-configured, or allocated by UE1 itself.
  • the specific process of transmitting identification information can be as follows:
  • Solution 1 Transfer when the connection is established through PC5-S.
  • UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Direct Communication Request message.
  • UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 through the received identification information of UE1.
  • UE2 uses the ID of the UE2 that has established a connection with UE1 to reply in the Direct Communication Accept message. You can also perform the following operations:
  • AS layer Access Layer
  • AS layer configuration may need to be based on different service quality ( Quality of Service, QoS) configuration; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • UE1 determines that UE2 is a UE that has established a connection.
  • Data packets with the same destination ID can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (which can be data packets of different services).
  • UE1 still sends the Direct Communication Request message according to the existing procedure to carry the UE1 identity used for this connection establishment, and UE2 sends the UE2 identity information in the Direct Communication Accept message.
  • UE1 judges whether UE2 has established a connection according to the Direct Communication Accept message sent by UE2.
  • UE2 can also be notified that the connection has been established, then:
  • UE2 needs to be notified that the connection has been established, no NAS-layer communication connection is established, and UE capabilities are not required to be exchanged, and the previously established connection is used to transmit subsequent services.
  • Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
  • Solution 2 The identification information is transmitted during the establishment of the SL RRC connection.
  • UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Sidelink RRC setup request.
  • UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 through the received identification information of UE1.
  • UE2 uses the UE2 ID that has established a connection with UE1 to reply in Sidelink RRC setup, and informs UE1 that the connection has been established, so that it no longer receives the Sidelink RRC setup complete message; there is no need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to Store UE capabilities (AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS); use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
  • UE1 judges that UE2 is a connected UE, so it does not send Sidelink RRC setup complete message; it does not need to establish RRC connection; it does not need to exchange UE capabilities (AS layer configuration may need to be based on different QoS configuration); use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
  • Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
  • UE1 carries the source ID and destination ID used for this connection establishment in the Sidelink RRC setup request message (the same as the current procedure), and UE2 sends the identification information of UE2 in the Sidelink RRC setup.
  • UE1 judges whether UE2 has established a connection before according to the Sidelink RRC setup sent by UE2.
  • UE2 If it has been established, UE2 is notified in the Sidelink RRC setup complete message that there is no need to establish an RRC connection; there is no need to interact with UE capabilities (AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS); use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
  • the Sidelink RRC setup complete message includes the UE1 ID sent by UE1 in the Sidelink RRC setup request, the layer-2 ID used when UE2 and UE1 were previously connected, and the information element (Information Element, IE) that indicates the release of the RRC connection.
  • Information Element Information Element
  • Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
  • Solution 3 Transmit by sending UE capabilities or requesting UE capabilities.
  • UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 by sending a message about the capabilities of UE1.
  • UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 through the received identification information of UE1.
  • UE2 uses the ID of the UE2 that has established a connection with UE1 to reply to UE1 (or not to reply), or reply to the message that UE1 has established a connection. You can also perform the following operations:
  • UE1 does not receive any message from UE2, it does not need to perform any operation
  • UE1 receives the UE2 ID sent by UE2 or the message that the connection has been established, it determines that UE2 is the UE that has established the connection according to the received UE2 ID or the message that the connection has been established.
  • Embodiment 1 In this example, the identification information is transmitted when the connection is established through the PC5-S, and the UE1 sends the identification information of the UE1 through the Direct Communication Request message.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 1, as shown in the figure, which can include:
  • Step 601 UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Direct Communication Request message.
  • UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 before through the received identification information of UE1.
  • UE2 uses the UE2 ID that has previously established a connection with UE1 to reply in the Direct Communication Accept message.
  • Step 602 The UE2 replies through a Direct Communication Accept message, which contains the ID of the UE2 that has previously established a connection with the UE1, and informs the UE1 that the connection has been established.
  • UE1 determines that UE2 is a UE that has established a connection before.
  • Step 603 If the V2X service data over unicast link (V2X unicast service data) has been established, the data is transmitted on the previous connection.
  • V2X unicast service data V2X unicast service data
  • the subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
  • Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
  • Embodiment 2 In this example, the identification information is transmitted when the connection is established through the PC5-S, and UE1 still sends the Direct Communication Request message according to the existing process to carry the UE1 identification used for the establishment of the connection, and UE2 sends UE2 in the Direct Communication Accept message The identification information.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 2, as shown in the figure, which may include:
  • Step 701 UE1 sends the UE1 identity used for this connection establishment through Direct Communication Request message.
  • Step 702 After receiving the Direct Communication Request message sent by the UE1, the UE2 sends the identification information of the UE2 in the Direct Communication Accept message.
  • UE1 judges whether it has established a connection with UE2 before through the received identification information of UE2.
  • Step 703 UE1 may also notify UE2 that the connection has been established (depending on the AS layer connection establishment process. If UE1 initiates the AS layer connection establishment process, UE2 does not need to be notified), then:
  • Step 704 If the V2X service data over unicast link has been established, data is transmitted on the previous connection.
  • the subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
  • Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
  • Embodiment 3 In this example, the identification information is transmitted during the establishment of the SL RRC connection, and the UE1 sends the identification information of the UE1 through the Sidelink RRC setup request.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 3, as shown in the figure, it can include:
  • Step 801 UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Sidelink RRC setup request.
  • UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 before through the received identification information of UE1.
  • UE2 uses the UE2 ID that has established a connection with UE1 before and replies in Sidelink RRC setup.
  • Step 802 UE2 responds via Sidelink RRC setup, which contains the ID of UE2 that has previously established a connection with UE1, and informs UE1 that a connection has been established.
  • the AS layer of UE2 does not need to establish an AS layer connection, nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, and uses the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
  • UE1 determines that UE2 is a UE that has established a connection before.
  • the AS layer of UE1 does not need to establish an AS layer connection, nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, and uses the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
  • Step 803 If the V2X service data over unicast link has been established, data is transmitted on the previous connection.
  • the subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
  • Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
  • Embodiment 4 In this example, the identification information is transmitted during the establishment of the SL RRC connection.
  • the Sidelink RRC setup request message carries the source identification and the destination identification for this connection establishment (the same as the current process), and the UE2 is in Sidelink.
  • the identification information of UE2 is sent in the RRC setup.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 4, as shown in the figure, which may include:
  • Step 901 The UE1 sends the source identifier and the destination identifier used for this connection establishment through the Sidelink RRC setup request, where the source identifier is the identifier of the UE1 used for this connection establishment.
  • Step 902 After receiving the Sidelink RRC setup request sent by UE1, UE2 sends the identification information of UE2 in Sidelink RRC setup. Of course, it can also send the identification information of UE2 in other messages.
  • UE1 determines whether it has established a connection with UE2 before using the received identification information of UE2.
  • the AS layer of UE1 does not need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities. This is because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services;
  • Step 903 UE1 may also notify UE2 that the connection has been established (depending on the AS layer connection establishment process, if UE1 initiates the AS layer connection establishment process, UE2 does not need to be notified), then:
  • the AS layer of UE2 does not need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services;
  • UE1 can notify UE2 that the connection has been established through a Sidelink RRC setup complete message, where the Sidelink RRC setup complete message includes the UE1 ID sent by UE1 in the Sidelink RRC setup request, and the layer used by UE2 and UE1 to establish a connection before. 2 ID, and one or more of the IEs indicating the release of the RRC connection.
  • Step 904 If the V2X service data over unicast link has been established, the data is transmitted on the previous connection.
  • the subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
  • Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
  • Embodiment 5 In this example, the identification information is transmitted in the UE capability transmission or UE capability request message.
  • UE1 carries the UE1 identification information in the UE capability transmission or UE capability request message.
  • UE2 replies to UE2’s identification Information and/or UE2 capabilities.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 5, as shown in the figure, it can include:
  • Step 1001 UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 in a message for transmitting UE capabilities or requesting UE capabilities.
  • UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 before through the received identification information of UE1.
  • UE2 uses the ID of the UE2 that has previously established a connection with UE1 to reply to UE1 (or not to reply), or reply to the message that UE1 has established a connection.
  • Step 1002 is an optional step.
  • UE2 replies to UE1, including the ID of the UE2 that has established a connection with UE1 before, and informs UE1 that the connection has been established.
  • UE1 judges that UE2 is a UE that has previously established a connection according to the UE2 ID sent by UE2 or the notification that it has established a connection with UE1.
  • the embodiments of this application also provide terminal equipment, identification information sending devices, identification information receiving devices, and computer-readable storage media. Because of the principle of these devices to solve problems, identification information sending methods, and identification information receiving methods Similar, so the implementation of these devices can refer to the implementation of the method, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first terminal device. As shown in the figure, the user equipment includes:
  • the processor 1100 is configured to read a program in the memory 1120 and execute the following process:
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the first terminal.
  • the two terminals establish a communication connection;
  • the transceiver 1110 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 1100.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent in at least one of the following ways:
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a PC5-S connection;
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing an SL RRC connection;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal
  • the identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in a connection establishment acceptance message, and after receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or
  • it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the first terminal
  • the identification information of the second terminal it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, if it receives a notification from the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection , Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal
  • the identification information of the terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the method when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 1100 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1120 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 1110 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
  • the user interface 1130 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with the required equipment.
  • the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
  • the processor 1100 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1120 may store data used by the processor 1100 when performing operations.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal device. As shown in the figure, the user equipment includes:
  • the processor 1200 is configured to read a program in the memory 1220 and execute the following process:
  • the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal After receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, it is determined according to the identification information whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine the Whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
  • the transceiver 1210 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 1200.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is received in at least one of the following ways:
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines the first terminal according to the identification information, When the terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When the communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  • the first terminal when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has already communicated with the first terminal.
  • the second terminal establishes a communication connection, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and when it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
  • the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
  • the second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
  • the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the method when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 1200 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1220 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 1210 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
  • the user interface 1230 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with the required equipment.
  • the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
  • the processor 1200 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1220 can store data used by the processor 1200 when performing operations.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides an identification information sending device, including:
  • the communication connection module 1301 is used for establishing a communication connection between the first terminal and the second terminal;
  • the sending module 1302 is configured to send the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal on the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the second terminal. A communication connection is established.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier for network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the sending module 1302 is specifically configured to send the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established;
  • Sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal when the capability of the second terminal is requested from the second terminal.
  • the sending module 1302 when sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal, is further configured to: if the first terminal sent by the second terminal is received A notification that a terminal has established a connection with a second terminal, or the identification information of the second terminal, use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
  • the sending module 1302 is further configured to: if a connection is established between the first terminal and the second terminal that is received from the second terminal Does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal when the notification of the second terminal or the identification information of the second terminal; or,
  • the capabilities of the second terminal are not stored.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent in a connection establishment request message; or, when the connection is established Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent in the message.
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in a connection establishment accept message
  • the sending module 1302 is further configured to: after receiving the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal Not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal when the notification of the connection or the identification information of the second terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment request message, and the sending module 1302 is further configured to: after receiving the information sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection Not to establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal when notified, or when the identification information of the second terminal is used; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the sending module 1302 when the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, the sending module 1302 is specifically configured to:
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or the identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message
  • the sending module 1302 is further configured to: after receiving the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal The notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal, said not establishing an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment message, and the sending module 1302 is further configured to: upon receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection , Or when the identification information of the second terminal, does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the sending module 1302 is further configured to: when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, transmit to the second terminal in a MAC PDU Service information, where the service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides an identification information receiving device, including:
  • the receiving module 1401 is configured to receive, on a second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the second terminal.
  • the terminal establishes a communication connection;
  • the connection judgment module 1402 is configured to determine whether the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal according to the identification information.
  • the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  • the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
  • the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
  • the unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  • the receiving module 1401 is specifically configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
  • Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a PC5-S connection;
  • Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
  • Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
  • the identification information of the first terminal that is received by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal that is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  • the connection judgment module 1402 is further configured to: When the identification information determines that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the connection determination module 1402 is further configured to: if it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has When a communication connection is established with the second terminal, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the capabilities of the first terminal are not stored.
  • the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  • connection judgment module 1402 is further configured to notify the first terminal when it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal The second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
  • the first terminal when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message
  • the connection determination module 1402 is further configured to: determine the identification information of the first terminal according to the identification information of the first terminal.
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
  • the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message
  • the connection judgment module 1402 is further configured to: determine, according to the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
  • the identifier of the second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
  • the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
  • the first terminal when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in one MAC PDU, so The service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • each part of the above-mentioned device is divided into various modules or units by function and described separately.
  • the functions of each module or unit can be implemented in the same or multiple software or hardware.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program that executes the foregoing identification information sending or receiving method.
  • a computer program that executes the foregoing identification information sending or receiving method.
  • the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal. Communication connection.
  • the identification information of the first terminal may be one or more of the following information: the identification being used by the first terminal, the combination of identification being used by the first terminal, and the unique identification of the first terminal.
  • a solution for identifying users is provided, so that a unique unicast connection can be established between two UEs in a unicast connection, so that only one unicast connection needs to be maintained , Store a copy of UE context and save resources.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, the present application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
  • a computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are identification information sending and receiving methods, a device, and an apparatus, comprising: a first terminal establishes a communication connection with a second terminal; the first terminal sends identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information being used by the second terminal for determining whether the first terminal has already established a communication connection with the second terminal. The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal and, on the basis of the identification information, the second terminal determines whether a communication connection has already been established with the first terminal. Using the present application, a terminal only needs to maintain a unicast connection and store one copy of the user device context, saving resources.

Description

一种标识信息发送、接收方法、设备及装置Method, equipment and device for sending and receiving identification information
相关申请的交叉引用Cross references to related applications
本申请要求在2019年04月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910365381.6、申请名称为“一种标识信息发送、接收方法、设备及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及要求在2019年08月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910750450.5、申请名称为“一种标识信息发送、接收方法、设备及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on April 30, 2019, the application number is 201910365381.6, and the application name is "a method, equipment and device for sending and receiving identification information", and the request is in 2019 The priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on August 14 with the application number 201910750450.5 and the application title is "a method, equipment and device for sending and receiving identification information", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,特别涉及一种标识信息发送、接收方法、设备及装置。This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to a method, equipment and device for sending and receiving identification information.
背景技术Background technique
对于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统的直接通信,是指设备和设备之间允许直接进行设备之间的直接通信。图1为车到万物(Vehicle to Everything,V2X)通信示意图,如图所示,为了便于描述,定义设备和设备之间的直接通信链路为直接通信(Sidelink,SL)链路,其对应的无线接口称为直接通信接口(也称为Sidelink接口);网络与直接通信设备之间的蜂窝通信链路称之为Uu link,其对应的接口称为Uu接口。For the direct communication of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, direct communication between devices is allowed between devices. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of Vehicle to Everything (V2X) communication. As shown in the figure, for ease of description, the direct communication link between the device and the device is defined as a direct communication (Sidelink, SL) link, and its corresponding The wireless interface is called the direct communication interface (also called the Sidelink interface); the cellular communication link between the network and the direct communication device is called the Uu link, and the corresponding interface is called the Uu interface.
直接通信的设备也可以均是在网的,或者均是脱网的,还可以是部分设备在网,部分设备脱网。所谓在网即参与直接通信的设备位于第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)基站通信载波覆盖范围内,所谓脱网即参与直接通信的设备不在3GPP基站通信载波覆盖范围内。The devices for direct communication can also be all on the network, or all off the network, or some devices can be on the network and some devices can be off the network. The so-called online device that participates in direct communication is located within the communication carrier coverage of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP) base station. The so-called offline means that the devices participating in direct communication are not within the 3GPP base station communication carrier coverage.
下一代无线(Next generation Radio,NR)中,典型的直接通信场景包括如下三种:In Next Generation Radio (NR), typical direct communication scenarios include the following three types:
直接通信终端之间一对一通信(单播);One-to-one communication (unicast) between direct communication terminals;
一个设备一次可以给一个通信群组里的所有设备发送相同数据(组播);A device can send the same data to all devices in a communication group at a time (multicast);
一个设备一次可以给所有附近的设备发送相同数据(广播)。One device can send the same data (broadcast) to all nearby devices at once.
现有技术的不足在于:在两个UE之间需要维护和管理多个单播连接时,存在资源浪费的情况。The disadvantage of the prior art is that when multiple unicast connections need to be maintained and managed between two UEs, resources are wasted.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种标识信息发送、接收方法、设备及装置,用以在两个UE之间需要维护和管理多个单播连接时,减少资源浪费。This application provides a method, equipment and device for sending and receiving identification information, which is used to reduce resource waste when multiple unicast connections need to be maintained and managed between two UEs.
本申请实施例提供了一种标识信息发送方法,包括:The embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending identification information, including:
第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接;Establishing a communication connection between the first terminal and the second terminal;
第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接。The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,所述第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent in at least one of the following ways:
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息, 是在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a PC5-S connection;
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal establishes a communication connection, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent during the SL RRC connection;
第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, if the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal are received The notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal, further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力;The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力。The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in a connection establishment acceptance message, and after receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or When describing the identification information of the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the first terminal When the identification information of the second terminal is used, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal The identification information of the terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
本申请实施例提供了一种标识信息接收方法,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a method for receiving identification information, including:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
第二终端根据所述标识信息确定是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接。The second terminal determines whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established according to the identification information.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, when the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is received in at least one of the following ways:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
第二终端接收第一终端的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines the first terminal according to the identification information, When the terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力;The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When the communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力。The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
通知第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Notifying the second terminal not to establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
通知第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Notifying the second terminal not to send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通知第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Notifying the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立PC5-S连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立请求消息发送所述第一终端的标识信息的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has already communicated with the first terminal. When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and when it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端ID;或,The first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
本申请实施例了一种第一终端设备,包括:An embodiment of the application provides a first terminal device, including:
处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor is used to read the program in the memory and execute the following process:
在第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;When the first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the first terminal. The two terminals establish a communication connection;
收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。Transceiver, used to receive and send data under the control of the processor.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识经过算法生成的 标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,所述第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent in at least one of the following ways:
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a PC5-S connection;
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing an SL RRC connection;
第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, if the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal are received The notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal, further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力;The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力。The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识 信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment acceptance message, if it receives a notification from the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or When describing the identification information of the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the first terminal When the identification information of the second terminal is used, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信 息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal The identification information of the terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端ID;或,The first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
本申请实施例提供了一种第二终端设备,包括:An embodiment of the present application provides a second terminal device, including:
处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor is used to read the program in the memory and execute the following process:
在接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息后,根据所述标识信息确定是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;After receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, it is determined according to the identification information whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine the Whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。Transceiver, used to receive and send data under the control of the processor.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, when the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is received in at least one of the following ways:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
第二终端接收第一终端的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines the first terminal according to the identification information, When the terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力;The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When the communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力。The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
通知第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Notifying the second terminal not to establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
通知第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Notifying the second terminal not to send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通知第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Notifying the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立PC5-S连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立请求消息发送所述第一终端的标识信息的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has already communicated with the first terminal. When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and when it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识信息;或,The identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
本申请实施例提供了一种标识信息发送装置,包括:The embodiment of the present application provides an identification information sending device, including:
通信连接模块,用于供第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接;The communication connection module is used for establishing a communication connection between the first terminal and the second terminal;
发送模块,用于在第一终端上向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接。A sending module, configured to send identification information of the first terminal to a second terminal on the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal Communication connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括所述第一终 端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,所述第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述发送模块具体用于采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, the sending module is specifically configured to send the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the communication connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established;
在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the communication connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established;
向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;Sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。Sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块还用于:若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,In an optional implementation manner, when sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal, the sending module is further configured to: if the first terminal sent by the second terminal is received When the terminal has established a connection with the second terminal, or the identification information of the second terminal, use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
不存储所述第二终端的能力;和/或Does not store the capabilities of the second terminal; and/or
在向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块还用于:若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,When sending the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the capability of the second terminal from the second terminal, the sending module is further configured to: if a connection is established between the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal is received Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal when the notification or the identification information of the second terminal is used; or,
使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
不存储所述第二终端的能力。The capabilities of the second terminal are not stored.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, when the PC5-S connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent in a connection establishment request message; or, when the connection is established Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent in the message.
一种可选的实施方式中,在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块还用于:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in a connection establishment acceptance message, after receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal When the identification information of the terminal is used, the sending module is also used to:
不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,所述发送模块还用于:在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment request message, and the sending module is further configured to: upon receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection , Or when the identification information of the second terminal, does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块具体用于:In an optional implementation manner, when the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, the sending module is specifically configured to:
是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or the identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,所述发送模块还用于:在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and the sending module is further configured to: after receiving the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal Not to establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal when the notification of the connection is established or the identification information of the second terminal; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,所述发送模块还用于:在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment message, and the sending module is further configured to: upon receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or when the identification information of the second terminal is used, no SL RRC connection is established with the second terminal; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二 终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述发送模块还用于:在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。In an optional implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to: when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, transmit service to the second terminal in a MAC PDU Information, the service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
本申请实施例提供了一种标识信息接收装置,包括:The embodiment of the present application provides an identification information receiving device, including:
接收模块,用于在第二终端上接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;The receiving module is configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal on the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the second terminal Established a communication connection;
连接判断模块,用于根据所述标识信息确定第二终端是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接。The connection judgment module is configured to determine whether the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal according to the identification information.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯 一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier for network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述接收模块具体用于采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a PC5-S connection;
接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The identification information of the first terminal that is received by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal that is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述连接判断模块还用于:若根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, the connection judgment module is further configured to: When the information determines that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
不存储所述第一终端的能力;Not storing the capabilities of the first terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述连接判断模块还用于:若根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,When the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, the connection judgment module is further configured to: if it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has been connected to When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
不存储所述第一终端的能力。The capabilities of the first terminal are not stored.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述连接判断模块还用于:在根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the connection judgment module is further configured to: when it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, notify the first terminal The second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第一终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立请求消息发送所述第一终端的标识信息的,所述连接判断模块还用于:在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and the connection determination module is further configured to: determine the identification information of the first terminal according to the identification information of the first terminal. When the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,所述连接判断模块还用于:在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and the connection judgment module is further configured to: determine according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has communicated with the When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
一种可选的实施方式中,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in one MAC PDU, so The service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有执行上述标识信息发送或接收方法的计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, and the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program that executes the foregoing identification information sending or receiving method.
本申请有益效果如下:The beneficial effects of this application are as follows:
在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,由于两个终端会在建立连接时给出自己的标识信息,因而使得对端能够确定出是否已经建立过连接,从而使得通信连接中的两个UE之间可以建立唯一的通信连接,进一步的,也只需要维护一个通信连接,存储一份UE上下文,降低了UE复杂度,节省了资源。In the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, since two terminals will give their own identification information when establishing a connection, the opposite terminal can determine whether a connection has been established, so that the two UEs in the communication connection are A unique communication connection can be established between each other, and further, only one communication connection needs to be maintained and a copy of the UE context is stored, which reduces the complexity of the UE and saves resources.
附图说明Description of the drawings
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described here are used to provide a further understanding of the application and constitute a part of the application. The exemplary embodiments and descriptions of the application are used to explain the application and do not constitute an improper limitation of the application. In the attached picture:
图1为背景技术中V2X通信示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of V2X communication in the background technology;
图2为本申请实施例中NAS层的单播连接建立流程示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a unicast connection establishment process at the NAS layer in an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例中AS层的单播连接建立过程示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a unicast connection establishment process at the AS layer in an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例中在第一终端上的标识信息发送方法实施流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for sending identification information on a first terminal in an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例中在第二终端上的标识信息接收方法实施流程示意 图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for receiving identification information on a second terminal in an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例中用户识别过程实施流程1示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 1 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例中用户识别过程实施流程2示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 2 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例中用户识别过程实施流程3示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 3 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例中用户识别过程实施流程4示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the implementation process 4 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例中用户识别过程实施流程5示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the implementation flow 5 of the user identification process in an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例中第一终端设备结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal device in an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例中第二终端设备结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal device in an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例中第一终端装置结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal device in an embodiment of the application;
图14为本申请实施例中第二终端装置结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal device in an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
发明人在发明过程中注意到:The inventor noticed during the invention process:
通信连接建立过程:包括非接入层(Non Access Stratum,NAS)层的通信连接建立过程,即直通通信接口信令(PC5 signalling,PC5-S)连接建立过程,和接入层(Access Stratum,AS)层的通信连接建立过程,即直通链路无线资源控制信令(Sidelink Radio Resource Control,SL RRC)连接建立过程。如下本申请以直通链路单播场景为例,分别对上述两种连接建立过程进行描述。需要说明的是,对于直通链路的其他场景,例如组播场景,也有类似的连接建立过程,这里不再赘述;此外,上述两种连接建立过程不分先后顺序,可以同时建立,也可以分开独立建立,也可以只建立一种通信连接,例如,只建立NAS层的通信连接或只建立AS层的通信连接,本申请不做限定。Communication connection establishment process: including the non-access stratum (Non Access Stratum, NAS) layer communication connection establishment process, namely the direct communication interface signaling (PC5 signalling, PC5-S) connection establishment process, and the access layer (Access Stratum, The communication connection establishment process at the AS layer, that is, the direct link radio resource control signaling (Sidelink Radio Resource Control, SL RRC) connection establishment process. In the following, this application takes the direct link unicast scenario as an example to describe the above two connection establishment procedures respectively. It should be noted that for other scenarios of the direct link, such as the multicast scenario, there are similar connection establishment procedures, which will not be repeated here; in addition, the above two connection establishment procedures can be established at the same time or separately. Independent establishment, or only one communication connection may be established, for example, only the NAS layer communication connection or only the AS layer communication connection is established, which is not limited in this application.
图2为NAS层的单播连接建立流程示意图,NAS层的单播连接建立流程主要包括PC5-S信令(也即图中的步骤203和步骤204),如图所示,具体如下:Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the unicast connection establishment process at the NAS layer. The unicast connection establishment process at the NAS layer mainly includes PC5-S signaling (that is, step 203 and step 204 in the figure), as shown in the figure, and the details are as follows:
步骤201、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)确定用于接收V2X单播连接建立信令的目的标识(Identity,ID),其中目的ID和V2X业务相关。Step 201: A user equipment (User Equipment, UE) determines a purpose identifier (Identity, ID) used to receive V2X unicast connection establishment signaling, where the target ID is related to the V2X service.
步骤202、应用层指示UE1进行V2X单播业务。Step 202: The application layer instructs UE1 to perform the V2X unicast service.
步骤203、UE1通过广播的方式发送V2X单播连接建立过程,其中直接通信请求(Direct Communication Request)信息中包括:Step 203: UE1 sends the V2X unicast connection establishment process by broadcasting, where the direct communication request (Direct Communication Request) information includes:
A)V2X业务相关的信息;A) V2X business related information;
B)目的ID与发起建立连接的V2X业务相关;B) The destination ID is related to the V2X service that initiates the establishment of the connection;
C)源ID,UE1的ID,UE1根据需要进行的V2X业务自己分配的;C) Source ID, the ID of UE1, which is allocated by UE1 according to the required V2X service;
i.为了防止追踪,UE需要自主改变源2层标识(source Layer-2 ID),并且是随机改变的,一个UE可以有多个source Layer-2 ID;i. In order to prevent tracking, the UE needs to independently change the source Layer-2 ID (source Layer-2 ID), and it is changed randomly. A UE can have multiple source Layer-2 IDs;
ii.如果源ID改变了,UE需要告知已经与其建立连接的对端UE。ii. If the source ID changes, the UE needs to inform the peer UE that has established a connection with it.
步骤204、如果接收UE,根据目标标识(destination ID)判断,若确定对UE1发起的业务连接建立感兴趣,则回复UE1直接通信接受(Direct Communication Accept)信息,其中包括,接收UE的ID,例如图2中UE2的ID,UE2根据需要进行的V2X业务自己分配的。Step 204: If the receiving UE is judged according to the destination ID, if it is determined that it is interested in the establishment of the service connection initiated by the UE1, it will reply with the Direct Communication Accept information of the UE1, which includes the ID of the receiving UE, for example The ID of UE2 in Figure 2 is allocated by UE2 according to the required V2X service.
步骤205、UE之间通过之前建立的连接,主要交互了双方的ID,进行后续的单播业务传输。单播业务的传输需要使用双方的ID,明确该消息是发送给哪个UE的。Step 205: The UE mainly exchanges the IDs of both parties through the previously established connection, and performs subsequent unicast service transmission. The transmission of the unicast service needs to use the IDs of both parties to clarify which UE the message is sent to.
图3为AS层的单播连接建立过程示意图,如图所示,一种可能的AS层的单播连接建立过程为:Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the process of establishing a unicast connection at the AS layer. As shown in the figure, a possible process of establishing a unicast connection at the AS layer is:
基于UE1和UE2的ID,UE1发送直通链路无线资源控制连接建立请求(Sidelink RRC setup request;无线资源控制:Radio Resource Control,RRC),UE2回复直通链路无线资源控制连接建立(Sidelink RRC setup),UE1确认直通链路无线资源控制连接建立完成(Sidelink RRC setup complete)。Based on the IDs of UE1 and UE2, UE1 sends a direct link radio resource control connection establishment request (Sidelink RRC setup request; radio resource control: Radio Resource Control, RRC), and UE2 replies to the direct link radio resource control connection establishment (Sidelink RRC setup) , UE1 confirms that the establishment of the direct link radio resource control connection is completed (Sidelink RRC setup complete).
如前所述,UE ID是UE自己根据不同的业务需求随机分配的,并且隔一段时间需要更新。同一个UE基于不同业务,可能会有多个不同的UE ID。因此,如果按照现有的单播连接建立过程,一个UE基于不同业务也可能会跟另一个UE建立多个单播连接,也即多个NAS层的单播连接或AS层的单播连接。也就是说,对于一个UE来说,它并不知道和另一个UE建立了多个单播 连接,因为对端UE的ID是不同的,该UE只能认为和多个UE建立了不同的单播连接,但实际上是和同一个UE建立了多个不同的单播连接。As mentioned earlier, the UE ID is randomly assigned by the UE itself according to different service requirements, and needs to be updated at intervals. The same UE may have multiple different UE IDs based on different services. Therefore, if the existing unicast connection establishment process is followed, a UE may also establish multiple unicast connections with another UE based on different services, that is, multiple unicast connections at the NAS layer or unicast connections at the AS layer. In other words, for a UE, it does not know that it has established multiple unicast connections with another UE, because the ID of the opposite UE is different, and the UE can only think that it has established different unicast connections with multiple UEs. However, it is actually establishing multiple different unicast connections with the same UE.
这样,两个UE之间就需要维护和管理多个单播连接,例如,多个PC5-S连接或多个RRC连接,多个信令无线承载1(Signalling Radio Bearer1,SRB1),多个数据无线承载(Data Radio Bearer,DRB)等,存储多份相同的UE上下文(例如,对端UE能力),造成了资源浪费。In this way, multiple unicast connections need to be maintained and managed between two UEs, for example, multiple PC5-S connections or multiple RRC connections, multiple signaling radio bearer 1 (Signalling Radio Bearer1, SRB1), multiple data A radio bearer (Data Radio Bearer, DRB), etc., stores multiple copies of the same UE context (for example, the capability of the peer UE), which causes a waste of resources.
综上可知,传统的LTE系统中,直接通信接口的业务只支持广播业务,而对于新空口(New Radio,NR),直接通信接口的业务相对LTE会更加丰富,除了支持广播业务之外,还支持单播和组播业务。对于单播业务,需要2个UE之间建立单播连接,从而传输单播业务,包括控制信息和数据信息。2个UE之间建立单播连接需要根据UE ID进行建立,目前UE ID是UE自己根据不同的业务需求随机分配的,并且隔一段时间需要更新。因此,同一个UE基于不同业务,可能会有多个不同的UE ID,一个UE基于不同业务也可能会跟另一个UE建立多个单播连接,UE之间也需要维护和管理多个单播连接,存储多份UE上下文(例如,对端UE能力),造成了资源浪费。In summary, in the traditional LTE system, the direct communication interface services only support broadcast services. For New Radio (NR), the direct communication interface services will be more abundant than LTE. In addition to supporting broadcast services, Support unicast and multicast services. For unicast services, a unicast connection needs to be established between two UEs to transmit unicast services, including control information and data information. The establishment of a unicast connection between two UEs needs to be established according to the UE ID. At present, the UE ID is randomly assigned by the UE itself according to different service requirements, and needs to be updated at intervals. Therefore, the same UE may have multiple different UE IDs based on different services. A UE may also establish multiple unicast connections with another UE based on different services. The UEs also need to maintain and manage multiple unicast connections. Connecting, storing multiple copies of UE context (for example, peer UE capabilities), resulting in waste of resources.
基于此,本申请实施例中提供了一种识别用户的方案,可以唯一识别用户,使得在V2X单播业务中,2个UE之间即使进行不同的V2X业务,也只需要建立一个单播连接,从而只需要维护和管理一个单播连接,存储一份UE上下文,节省资源开销。Based on this, the embodiments of this application provide a solution for identifying users, which can uniquely identify users, so that in V2X unicast services, even if two UEs perform different V2X services, only one unicast connection needs to be established. Therefore, only one unicast connection needs to be maintained and managed, a copy of the UE context is stored, and resource overhead is saved.
下面结合附图对本申请的具体实施方式进行说明。The specific implementation of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings.
在说明过程中,将分别从第一终端与第二终端的实施进行说明,然后还将给出二者配合实施的实例以更好地理解本申请实施例中给出的方案的实施。这样的说明方式并不意味着二者必须配合实施、或者必须单独实施,实际上,当第一终端与第二终端分开实施时,也可以各自解决第一终端与第二终端侧的问题,而二者结合使用时,会获得更好的技术效果。In the description process, the description will be made from the implementation of the first terminal and the second terminal respectively, and then an example of the implementation of the two will also be given to better understand the implementation of the solutions given in the embodiments of this application. This way of explanation does not mean that the two must be implemented in cooperation or separately. In fact, when the first terminal and the second terminal are implemented separately, the problems of the first terminal and the second terminal can also be solved separately. When the two are used in combination, better technical results will be obtained.
说明过程中,第一终端将会以UE1、第二终端以UE2为例进行说明。In the description process, the first terminal will take UE1 and the second terminal UE2 as examples.
首先对第一终端上的实施进行说明后,对第二终端上的实施进行说明, 再对二者如何配合的实施以UE1、UE2为例进行说明,最后以NR的直连系统为实例进行说明。First, the implementation on the first terminal is explained, and then the implementation on the second terminal is explained. Then, the implementation of how the two cooperates is explained by using UE1 and UE2 as examples. Finally, the direct connection system of NR is explained as an example. .
需要说明的是,第一终端并不完全等于UE1,第二终端也不完全等于UE2,当以第一终端、第二终端描述时,第一终端始终是发送自身标识的终端,而第二终端始终是接收标识的终端;而为了更好地理解在一个终端上的发送与接收以及与对方的交互,在以UE1、UE2描述时,UE1或UE2都可能既有发送自身标识,也有接收对方标识的行为,容易理解,事实上发送标识与接收标识本来就是可以由同一个终端执行的。It should be noted that the first terminal is not completely equal to UE1, and the second terminal is not completely equal to UE2. When describing the first terminal and the second terminal, the first terminal is always the terminal that sends its own identity, and the second terminal It is always the terminal that receives the identity; and in order to better understand the sending and receiving on a terminal and the interaction with the other party, when describing in terms of UE1 and UE2, either UE1 or UE2 may both send its own identity and receive the other party’s identity The behavior of is easy to understand. In fact, the sending identification and the receiving identification can be executed by the same terminal.
图4为在第一终端上的标识信息发送方法实施流程示意图,如图所示,可以包括:Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for sending identification information on a first terminal. As shown in the figure, it may include:
步骤401、第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接;Step 401: The first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal.
步骤402、第一终端,向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,标识信息用于第二终端确定第一终端是否已经和第二终端建立了通信连接。Step 402: The first terminal sends identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal.
实施中,该方案不仅限适用于单播连接,组播实际上也存在类似问题,因此也可适用于组播,同理,只要存在类似问题的连接都可以采用本方案,也即,同一个UE基于不同业务,可能会有多个不同的UE ID,一个UE基于不同业务也可能会跟另一个UE建立多个连接的情况下都可以采用本方案,下述实施例中将主要以单播为例进行说明,但显然并不限于单播场景,经本领域技术人员作出相适应的改进后即可用于其他场景。In implementation, this solution is not limited to unicast connections. Multicast actually has similar problems, so it can also be applied to multicast. In the same way, as long as there are connections with similar problems, this solution can be used, that is, the same The UE may have multiple different UE IDs based on different services. This solution can be used when a UE may establish multiple connections with another UE based on different services. The following embodiments will mainly use unicast It is explained as an example, but it is obviously not limited to a unicast scenario, and it can be used in other scenarios after appropriate improvements made by those skilled in the art.
实施中,第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In implementation, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
第一终端正在使用的标识,第一终端正在使用的标识组合,第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
实施中,第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In implementation, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
其中,对于第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时正在使用的所有标识的情况,即第一终端之前与其他终端建立连接时使用的ID,有可能在与第二终端建立连接时就不使用了,也就不需要再发送该ID了。例如,UE1之前使用过的ID包括ID1,ID2,ID3,并且UE1与UE2建立连接时将使用ID4,但是UE1与UE2建立连接时,ID1已经不再使用了(可能ID1已经被更新了,或者使用ID1建立的连接被释放了等等),那么UE1只需要将ID2,ID3和ID4发给UE2,即ID2,ID3,ID4为第一终端与第二终端建立连接时正在使用的ID。换言之,本领域技术人员容易了解,这里的ID实质上就是有助于第二终端判断是否已经建立了连接的ID。Wherein, for the case where the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all the identifiers being used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, that is, the ID used when the first terminal establishes a connection with other terminals before, it is possible to establish a connection with the second terminal When it is not used, there is no need to send the ID. For example, the ID used by UE1 includes ID1, ID2, ID3, and ID4 will be used when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, but when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, ID1 is no longer used (maybe ID1 has been updated or used The connection established by ID1 is released, etc.), then UE1 only needs to send ID2, ID3, and ID4 to UE2, that is, ID2, ID3, and ID4 are the IDs being used when the first terminal establishes a connection with the second terminal. In other words, those skilled in the art can easily understand that the ID here is essentially an ID that helps the second terminal to determine whether a connection has been established.
预配置的唯一标识可以包括:协议预先规定的,设备商预先配置的,运营商预先分配的,标准组织预先分配的等等。The pre-configured unique identifier may include: pre-defined by the agreement, pre-configured by the equipment manufacturer, pre-allocated by the operator, pre-allocated by the standards organization, and so on.
实施中,第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式发送第一终端的标识信息的:In implementation, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal by using at least one of the following methods to send the identification information of the first terminal:
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,是在建立PC5-S连接时发送第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal establishes a communication connection, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established;
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,是在建立SL RRC连接时发送第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing an SL RRC connection;
第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送第一终端的标识信息的。When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
实施中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In implementation, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal is received, or the first terminal When the identification information of the second terminal is used, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
第一终端使用之前存储的第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
第一终端不存储第二终端的能力;The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if it receives a notification from the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal’s When identifying information, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
第一终端不向第二终端发送第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
第一终端使用之前存储的第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
第一终端不存储第二终端的能力。The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
具体实施中,在通过PC5-S建立连接发送时发送第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送的,例如通过直接通信请求消息(Direct Communication Request message)发送;或,在调度分配信息(Scheduling assignment,SA)流程中的Direct Communication Request message发送,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定;In a specific implementation, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the connection is established through the PC5-S, and the first terminal is sent in a connection establishment request message, for example, sent by a direct communication request message (Direct Communication Request message); or, The Direct Communication Request message sent in the scheduling assignment information (Scheduling assignment, SA) process, of course, can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application;
第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送的,例如在接到Direct Communication Request message后,在直接通信接受消息(Direct Communication Accept message)中发送;或,在SA流程中接到Direct Communication Request message后,在Direct Communication Accept message中发送,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定;The first terminal is sent in the connection establishment acceptance message, for example, after receiving the Direct Communication Request message, it is sent in the Direct Communication Accept message (Direct Communication Accept message); or, after receiving the Direct Communication Request message in the SA process , Sent in Direct Communication Accept message, of course, can also be sent in other messages, this application is not limited;
第一终端是在向第二终端发送第一终端的能力的消息中发送的,例如在发送能力的RRC消息中发送,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定;The first terminal is sent in a message that sends the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that sends capabilities. Of course, it can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application;
第一终端是在向第二终端请求第二终端的能力的消息中发送的,例如在请求第二终端的能力的RRC消息中发送,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定。The first terminal is sent in a message that requests the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that requests the second terminal's capabilities. Of course, it can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application.
实施中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送第一终端的标识信息。In implementation, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established. The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the connection establishment request message; or, the first terminal sends it in the connection establishment acceptance message Identification information of the first terminal.
实施中,第一终端在连接建立接受消息中发送第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In implementation, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment acceptance message. If it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
第一终端不与第二终端建立SL RRC连接,具体的,该连接是AS层和/或NAS层的连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal. Specifically, the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
第一终端不向第二终端发送第一终端的能力,具体的,是不在AS层和/或NAS层发送第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
第一终端通过已经和第二终端建立的通信连接向第二终端传输业务信息,具体的,传输业务信息时,使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识可以为,第一终端和第二终端在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识,或使用第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接的标识;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal. Specifically, when transmitting service information, the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be, the first terminal and the second terminal The identification of the first terminal and the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal, or the identification of the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
第一终端使用第二终端的标识向第二终端传输业务信息,第二终端的标识为在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识,具体的,传输业务信息时,使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识可以为,第一终端和第二终端在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal. The identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal. Specifically, the transmission service For information, the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used by the first terminal and the second terminal in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
第一终端不与第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
实施中,第一终端在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或第二终端的标识信息时,还可以进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In implementation, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and when receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, It may further include one or a combination of the following steps:
第一终端不与第二终端建立SL RRC连接,具体的,该连接是AS层和/或NAS层的连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal. Specifically, the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
第一终端不向第二终端发送第一终端的能力,具体的,是不在AS层和/或NAS层发送第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
第一终端通过已经和第二终端建立的通信连接向第二终端传输业务信息,具体的业务信息传输方式如上所述,此处不再赘述;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal. The specific service information transmission method is as described above, and will not be repeated here; or,
第一终端使用第二终端的标识向第二终端传输业务信息,第二终端的标识为在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识,具体的业务信息传输方式如上所述,此处不再赘述;或,The first terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal. The identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal. The specific service information is transmitted The method is as described above and will not be repeated here; or,
第一终端不与第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
其中,在第二终端发送的已经和第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识时,可以在连接建立接受消息中发送,具体例如,在Direct Communication Accept message中发送。也可以理解为,第二终端也可以向第一终端发送第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,该通知可以在连接建立接受消息中发送,具体例如,在Direct Communication Accept message中发送。对于第二终端发送的内容,只要能够使得第一终端确认第一终端与第二终端已建立了通信连接,具体内容本申请不做具体限定。Wherein, the second terminal identifier sent by the second terminal when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established can be sent in the connection establishment acceptance message, specifically, for example, sent in the Direct Communication Accept message. It can also be understood that the second terminal may also send to the first terminal a notification that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, and the notification may be sent in a connection establishment acceptance message, specifically, for example, sent in a Direct Communication Accept message. For the content sent by the second terminal, as long as the first terminal can confirm that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a communication connection, the specific content is not specifically limited in this application.
实施中,在建立SL RRC连接时发送第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送第一终端的标识信息的。In implementation, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, the first terminal is in the SL RRC connection establishment message The identification information of the first terminal is sent in.
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and when receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, it further includes One of the following steps or a combination:
第一终端不与第二终端建立SL RRC连接,具体的,该连接是AS层和/或NAS层的连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal. Specifically, the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
第一终端不向第二终端发送第一终端的能力,具体的,是不在AS层和/或NAS层发送第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
第一终端通过已经和第二终端建立的通信连接向第二终端传输业务信息,具体的业务信息传输方式如上所述,此处不再赘述;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal. The specific service information transmission method is as described above, and will not be repeated here; or,
第一终端使用第二终端的标识向第二终端传输业务信息,第二终端的标识为在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识,具体的业务信息传输方式如上所述,此处不再赘述。The first terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal. The identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal. The specific service information is transmitted The method is as described above and will not be repeated here.
实施中,进一步在SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:During implementation, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination of:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
实施中,第一终端在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In implementation, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, it further includes One of the following steps or a combination:
第一终端不与第二终端建立SL RRC连接,具体的,该连接是AS层和/或NAS层的连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal. Specifically, the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
第一终端不向第二终端发送第一终端的能力,具体的,是不在AS层和/或NAS层发送第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
第一终端通过已经和第二终端建立的通信连接向第二终端传输业务信息,具体的业务信息传输方式如上所述,此处不再赘述;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal. The specific service information transmission method is as described above, and will not be repeated here; or,
所述第一终端使用第二终端的标识向第二终端传输业务信息,第二终端的标识为在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识,具体的业务信息传输方式如上所述,此处不再赘述。The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal. The identifier of the second terminal is the identifier of the second terminal used in the communication connection established by the first terminal and the second terminal. The information transmission method is as described above and will not be repeated here.
第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,可以是通过连接建立完成消息通知的,例如通过Sidelink RRC setup complete消息通知。The notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection may be notified through a connection establishment completion message, for example, through a Sidelink RRC setup complete message notification.
实施中,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中可以包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In implementation, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message may include one of the following or a combination of:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端ID;或,The first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
具体的,SL RRC连接建立完成消息可以是Sidelink RRC setup complete消息,第一终端在Sidelink RRC setup request中发送的第一终端的标识。Specifically, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message may be a Sidelink RRC setup complete message, the identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the Sidelink RRC setup request.
实施中,在确定第一终端已经和第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In implementation, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes:
第一终端在一个媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit,PDU)中向第二终端传输业务信息,业务信息包括 在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。其中,新的业务信息可以理解为第一终端在此次与第二终端建立通信连接时,要传输的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a Media Access Control (MAC) protocol data unit (Protocol Data Unit, PDU), and the service information includes the communication established between the first terminal and the second terminal The business information and new business information transmitted in the connection. Among them, the new service information can be understood as the service information to be transmitted when the first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal this time.
具体的,两种业务信息可以使用相同的终端标识,或者使用不同的终端标识,但是都可以放在一个MAC PDU中传输。Specifically, the two types of service information can use the same terminal ID or different terminal IDs, but both can be transmitted in one MAC PDU.
下面对相应的第二终端的实施进行说明,需要注意的是,由于第二终端的行为与第一终端是对应的,因此实施中对消息的使用等可以参见第一终端的实施,或做相应的改进,下面的说明中就不再一一说明。The following describes the implementation of the corresponding second terminal. It should be noted that since the behavior of the second terminal corresponds to the first terminal, the use of messages in the implementation can refer to the implementation of the first terminal, or The corresponding improvements will not be explained one by one in the following description.
图5为在第二终端上的标识信息接收方法实施流程示意图,如图所示,可以包括:Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation process of a method for receiving identification information on a second terminal. As shown in the figure, it may include:
步骤501、第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一终端的标识信息,标识信息用于供第二终端确定第一终端是否已经和第二终端建立了通信连接;Step 501: The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, where the identification information is used for the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
步骤502、第二终端根据标识信息确定是否已经和第一终端建立了通信连接。Step 502: The second terminal determines whether a communication connection has been established with the first terminal according to the identification information.
实施中,第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In implementation, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
第一终端正在使用的标识,第一终端正在使用的标识组合,第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
实施中,第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In implementation, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
其中,对于第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的情况,第一终端之前与其他终端建立连接时使用的ID,有可能在与第二终端建立连接时就不使用了,也就不需要再发送该ID了。例如,UE1 之前使用过的ID包括ID1,ID2,ID3,并且UE1与UE2建立连接时将使用ID4,但是UE1与UE2建立连接时,ID1已经不再使用了(可能ID1已经被更新了,或者使用ID1建立的连接被释放了等等),那么UE1只需要将ID2,ID3和ID4发给UE2,即ID2,ID3,ID4为第一终端与第二终端建立连接时正在使用的ID。换言之,本领域技术人员容易了解,这里的ID实质上就是有助于第二终端判断是否已经建立了连接的ID。Wherein, for the case where the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all the identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, the ID used when the first terminal previously established a connection with other terminals may be used when establishing a connection with the second terminal. If you don’t use it, you don’t need to send the ID. For example, the previously used IDs of UE1 include ID1, ID2, ID3, and ID4 will be used when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, but when UE1 establishes a connection with UE2, ID1 is no longer used (maybe ID1 has been updated or used The connection established by ID1 is released, etc.), then UE1 only needs to send ID2, ID3, and ID4 to UE2, that is, ID2, ID3, and ID4 are the IDs being used when the first terminal establishes a connection with the second terminal. In other words, those skilled in the art can easily understand that the ID here is essentially an ID that helps the second terminal to determine whether a connection has been established.
预配置的唯一标识可以包括:协议预先规定的,设备商预先配置的,运营商预先分配的,标准组织预先分配的等等。The pre-configured unique identifier may include: pre-defined by the agreement, pre-configured by the equipment manufacturer, pre-allocated by the operator, pre-allocated by the standards organization, and so on.
实施中,第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式接收第一终端的标识信息的:In implementation, the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, and receives the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立PC5-S连接时发送的第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立SL RRC连接时发送的第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
第二终端接收第一终端的第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的第一终端的标识信息。The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
实施中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据标识信息确定第一终端已经和第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In implementation, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, It further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
第二终端通知第一终端第二终端已经和第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
第二终端不向第一终端发送第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
第二终端使用之前存储的第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
第二终端不存储第一终端的能力;The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据标识信息确定第一终端已经和第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes the following One of the steps or a combination:
第二终端通知第一终端第二终端已经和第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
第二终端不向第一终端发送第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
第二终端使用之前存储的第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
第二终端不存储第一终端的能力。The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
实施中,在建立PC5-S连接时,发送第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端的标识信息的,例如,第一终端是通过Direct Communication Request message发送的;或,第一终端是通过SA流程中的Direct Communication Request message发送的,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定。In implementation, when the PC5-S connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent. The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the connection establishment request message. For example, the first terminal sends it through Direct Communication Request message Or, the first terminal is sent through the Direct Communication Request message in the SA process, of course, it can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application.
第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送第一终端的标识信息的,例如,第一终端是通过Direct Communication Accept message发送的;或,第一终端是通过SA流程中的Direct Communication Accept message发送的,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the connection establishment acceptance message. For example, the first terminal sends it through Direct Communication Accept message; or, the first terminal sends it through Direct Communication Accept message in the SA process. , Of course, can also be sent in other messages, this application is not limited;
第一终端是在向第二终端发送第一终端的能力的消息中发送的,例如在发送能力的RRC消息中发送,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定;The first terminal is sent in a message that sends the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that sends capabilities. Of course, it can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application;
第一终端是在向第二终端请求第二终端的能力的消息中发送的,例如在请求第二终端的能力的RRC消息中发送,当然也可以在其他消息中发送,本申请不做限定。The first terminal is sent in a message that requests the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, for example, in an RRC message that requests the second terminal's capabilities. Of course, it can also be sent in other messages, which is not limited in this application.
实施中,在第二终端根据标识信息确定第一终端已经和第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In implementation, when the second terminal determines that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal according to the identification information, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
第二终端通知第一终端第二终端已经和第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
第二终端不与第一终端建立SL RRC连接,具体的,该连接是AS层和/或NAS层的连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal. Specifically, the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
第二终端不向第一终端发送第一终端的能力,具体的,是不在AS层和/或NAS层发送第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the first terminal, specifically, does not send the capabilities of the first terminal at the AS layer and/or NAS layer; or,
第二终端通过已经和第一终端建立的通信连接向第一终端传输业务信息,具体的,传输业务信息时,使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识可以为,第一终端和第二终端在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识,或使用第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接的标识;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal. Specifically, when transmitting the service information, the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be, the first terminal and the second terminal The identification of the first terminal and the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal, or the identification of the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
第二终端使用第二终端的标识向第一终端传输业务信息,第二终端的标识为在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识,具体的,传输业务信息时,使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识可以为,第一终端和第二终端在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The second terminal uses the identity of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal. The identity of the second terminal is the identity of the second terminal used in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal. Specifically, the transmission service For information, the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used may be the identifiers of the first terminal and the second terminal used by the first terminal and the second terminal in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or,
第二终端不与第一终端建立PC5-S连接,具体的,该连接是AS层和/或NAS层的连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal. Specifically, the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection.
实施中,在建立SL RRC连接发送第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端的标识信息的;例如,第一终端是通过Sidelink RRC setup request发送的。或,In implementation, when the SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; for example, the first terminal sends the identification information through Sidelink RRC setup request of. or,
第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送第一终端的标识信息的,例如,第一终端是通过Sidelink RRC setup发送的。The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message. For example, the first terminal sends the identification information through Sidelink RRC setup.
实施中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立请求消息发送第一终端的标识信息的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定第一终端已经和第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In the implementation, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through the SL RRC connection establishment request message. When it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the following steps are further included One or a combination:
第二终端通知第一终端第二终端已经和第一终端建立通信连接,具体的,该连接是AS层和/或NAS层的连接;或,The second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal. Specifically, the connection is an AS layer and/or NAS layer connection; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
第二终端不与第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端不向第一终端发送第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the first terminal; or,
第二终端通过已经和第一终端建立的通信连接向第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
第二终端使用第二终端的标识向第一终端传输业务信息,第二终端的标识为在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is the identifier of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or
第二终端不与第一终端建立PC5-S连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
实施中,进一步在SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:During implementation, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination of:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
实施中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定第一终端已经和第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In the implementation, the first terminal is sent through the SL RRC connection establishment message. When it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
第二终端通知第一终端第二终端已经和第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal informs the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established to the first terminal; or,
第二终端不与第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端不向第一终端发送第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the first terminal; or,
第二终端通过已经和第一终端建立的通信连接向第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
第二终端使用第二终端的标识向第一终端传输业务信息,第二终端的标 识为在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is the identifier of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal; or
第二终端不与第一终端建立PC5-S连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
实施中,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In implementation, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
实施中,在确定第一终端已经和第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In implementation, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes:
第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向第二终端传输业务信息,业务信息包括在第一终端已经和第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。其中,新的业务信息可以理解为第一终端在此次与第二终端建立通信连接时,要传输的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in one MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal. Among them, the new service information can be understood as the service information to be transmitted when the first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal this time.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,标识信息用于第二终端确定第一终端是否已经和第二终端建立了通信连接。通过标识信息即可识别出是否是同一终端用户。In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first terminal sends identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal. The identification information can be used to identify whether it is the same terminal user.
第一终端的标识信息,可以为以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端正在使用的标识,第一终端正在使用的标识组合,第一终端的唯一标识。The identification information of the first terminal may be one or more of the following information: the identification being used by the first terminal, the combination of identification being used by the first terminal, and the unique identification of the first terminal.
下面再以UE1与UE2为例来进行说明。The following will take UE1 and UE2 as an example for description.
UE1在建立连接时,发送标识信息给对端UE2,该标识信息可以为:When UE1 establishes a connection, it sends identification information to the peer UE2. The identification information may be:
1、发给对端UE2的标识信息为,UE1目前已经建立通信连接的所有标识,即把UE1目前进行单播连接的标识都一起发给对端UE2;1. The identification information sent to the peer UE2 is all the identifications of the communication connection that UE1 has currently established, that is, the identification of the current unicast connection of UE1 is sent to the peer UE2;
2、发给对端UE2的标识信息为:UE1目前已经建立通信连接的所有标识的一种组合,或者UE1目前已经建立通信连接的所有标识经过算法生成的一个标识,例如哈希(HASH)算法。比上一种可以节省信道资源;2. The identification information sent to the peer UE2 is: a combination of all the identities that UE1 has currently established a communication connection, or an identification generated by an algorithm of all the identities that UE1 has currently established a communication connection, such as a hash (HASH) algorithm . Compared with the previous one, it can save channel resources;
如果UE的标识更新了,该组合或算法生成的标识也会更新;If the identity of the UE is updated, the identity generated by the combination or algorithm will also be updated;
3、发给对端UE2的标识信息为:UE1的唯一标识,该唯一标识可以是 网络配置的,预配置的,或者UE1自己分配的。3. The identification information sent to the opposite terminal UE2 is: the unique identifier of UE1, which may be network-configured, pre-configured, or allocated by UE1 itself.
具体传输标识信息的流程是可以如下:The specific process of transmitting identification information can be as follows:
方案一:通过PC5-S建立连接时传输。Solution 1: Transfer when the connection is established through PC5-S.
1、UE1通过Direct Communication Request message发送UE1的标识信息。1. UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Direct Communication Request message.
对于UE2侧:For UE2 side:
UE2通过接收到的UE1的标识信息,判断其与UE1是否已经建立过连接。UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 through the received identification information of UE1.
若已建立,则UE2使用已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID在Direct Communication Accept message中回复。还可以进行如下操作:If it is established, UE2 uses the ID of the UE2 that has established a connection with UE1 to reply in the Direct Communication Accept message. You can also perform the following operations:
1)通知UE2的接入层(Access Layer,AS layer),不需要建立AS层连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为接入层配置(AS layer configuration)可能需要根据不同的服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)配置;使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;1) Notify UE2's access layer (Access Layer, AS layer) that there is no need to establish an AS layer connection; there is no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the access layer configuration (AS layer configuration) may need to be based on different service quality ( Quality of Service, QoS) configuration; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。2) No communication connection at the NAS layer is established; there is also no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
对于UE1侧:For UE1 side:
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Direct Communication Accept message,判断UE2为已经建立连接的UE。According to the Direct Communication Accept message sent by UE2, UE1 determines that UE2 is a UE that has established a connection.
1)(对应UE2的1)):通知UE1的AS layer,不需要建立AS层连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用建立的连接传输后续业务;1) (corresponding to UE2's 1)): Notify the AS layer of UE1 that there is no need to establish an AS layer connection; and there is no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent business;
2)(对应UE2的2)):不建立NAS层的通信连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用建立的连接传输后续业务。2) (corresponding to UE2's 2)): No NAS layer communication connection is established; there is no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
对于UE1与UE2还可以执行:For UE1 and UE2, it can also perform:
使用建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在UE1与UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID;Use the established connection to transmit subsequent services, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2, with the same destination ID;
具有相同目的ID的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是不同业务的数据包)。Data packets with the same destination ID can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (which can be data packets of different services).
2、UE1还是按照现有流程发送Direct Communication Request message携带用于此次连接建立的UE1标识,UE2在Direct Communication Accept message中发送UE2的标识信息。2. UE1 still sends the Direct Communication Request message according to the existing procedure to carry the UE1 identity used for this connection establishment, and UE2 sends the UE2 identity information in the Direct Communication Accept message.
对于UE1:For UE1:
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Direct Communication Accept message,判断UE2是否已经建立过连接。UE1 judges whether UE2 has established a connection according to the Direct Communication Accept message sent by UE2.
若已建立,则:If established, then:
1)通知UE1的AS layer,不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用建立的连接传输后续业务;1) Notify the AS layer of UE1 that it does not need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities. This is because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;2) No communication connection at the NAS layer is established; there is no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
进一步的,还可以通知UE2该连接已经建立过,则有:Further, UE2 can also be notified that the connection has been established, then:
对于上述1),取决于AS层连接建立过程,如果是UE1发起AS层连接建立过程,则不需要通知UE2;For the above 1), it depends on the AS layer connection establishment process. If UE1 initiates the AS layer connection establishment process, UE2 does not need to be notified;
对于上述2),需要通知UE2该连接已经建立过,不建立NAS层的通信连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。For the above 2), UE2 needs to be notified that the connection has been established, no NAS-layer communication connection is established, and UE capabilities are not required to be exchanged, and the previously established connection is used to transmit subsequent services.
对于UE1与UE2还可以执行:For UE1 and UE2, it can also perform:
使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在之前UE1与UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID;Use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID;
发送给同一个UE的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是 不同业务的数据包,也可以是具有相同目的ID或不同目的ID的数据包)。Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
方案二:通过SL RRC连接建立过程中传输标识信息。Solution 2: The identification information is transmitted during the establishment of the SL RRC connection.
1、UE1通过Sidelink RRC setup request发送UE1的标识信息。1. UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Sidelink RRC setup request.
对于UE2侧:For UE2 side:
UE2通过接收到的UE1的标识信息,判断其与UE1是否已经建立过连接。UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 through the received identification information of UE1.
若已建立,则UE2使用已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID在Sidelink RRC setup中回复,并通知UE1已经建立过连接,从而不再接收Sidelink RRC setup complete消息;不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要存储UE能力(AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置);使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。If it has been established, UE2 uses the UE2 ID that has established a connection with UE1 to reply in Sidelink RRC setup, and informs UE1 that the connection has been established, so that it no longer receives the Sidelink RRC setup complete message; there is no need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to Store UE capabilities (AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS); use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
对于UE1侧:For UE1 side:
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Sidelink RRC setup,判断UE2为已经建立连接的UE,从而不在发送Sidelink RRC setup complete消息;不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要交互UE能力(AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置);使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。According to the Sidelink RRC setup sent by UE2, UE1 judges that UE2 is a connected UE, so it does not send Sidelink RRC setup complete message; it does not need to establish RRC connection; it does not need to exchange UE capabilities (AS layer configuration may need to be based on different QoS configuration); use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
对于UE1与UE2还可以执行:For UE1 and UE2, it can also perform:
使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在之前UE1与UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID;Use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID;
发送给同一个UE的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是不同业务的数据包,也可以是具有相同目的ID或不同目的ID的数据包)。Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
2、UE1在Sidelink RRC setup request消息中携带用于此次连接建立的源ID和目的ID(和当前流程一样),UE2在Sidelink RRC setup中发送UE2的标识信息。2. UE1 carries the source ID and destination ID used for this connection establishment in the Sidelink RRC setup request message (the same as the current procedure), and UE2 sends the identification information of UE2 in the Sidelink RRC setup.
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Sidelink RRC setup,判断UE2是否之前已经建立过连接。UE1 judges whether UE2 has established a connection before according to the Sidelink RRC setup sent by UE2.
若已建立,则在Sidelink RRC setup complete消息通知UE2,不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要交互UE能力(AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同 的QoS配置);使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。If it has been established, UE2 is notified in the Sidelink RRC setup complete message that there is no need to establish an RRC connection; there is no need to interact with UE capabilities (AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS); use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
Sidelink RRC setup complete消息中包括UE1在Sidelink RRC setup request中发送的UE1ID,以及UE2和UE1之前建立连接时使用的layer-2 ID,以及表示释放该RRC连接的信息单元(Information Element,IE)中的一项或多项。The Sidelink RRC setup complete message includes the UE1 ID sent by UE1 in the Sidelink RRC setup request, the layer-2 ID used when UE2 and UE1 were previously connected, and the information element (Information Element, IE) that indicates the release of the RRC connection. One or more.
对于UE1与UE2还可以执行:For UE1 and UE2, it can also perform:
使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在之前UE1与UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID;Use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID;
发送给同一个UE的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是不同业务的数据包,也可以是具有相同目的ID或不同目的ID的数据包)。Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
方案三:通过发送UE能力或请求UE能力时传输。Solution 3: Transmit by sending UE capabilities or requesting UE capabilities.
1、UE1通过发送UE1能力的消息发送UE1的标识信息。1. UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 by sending a message about the capabilities of UE1.
对于UE2侧:For UE2 side:
UE2通过接收到的UE1的标识信息,判断其与UE1是否已经建立过连接。UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 through the received identification information of UE1.
若已建立,则UE2使用已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID回复UE1(也可以不回复),或者回复UE1已经建立连接的消息。还可以进行如下操作:If it has been established, UE2 uses the ID of the UE2 that has established a connection with UE1 to reply to UE1 (or not to reply), or reply to the message that UE1 has established a connection. You can also perform the following operations:
1)不向UE1发送UE2的能力;1) Does not send UE2 capabilities to UE1;
2)使用之前存储的UE1的能力;2) Use the previously stored capabilities of UE1;
3)不存储UE1的能力。3) The capability of UE1 is not stored.
1)、2)和3)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1), 2), and 3) are and/or relationships, and one or both of them can be executed.
对于UE1侧:For UE1 side:
若UE1没有接收到UE2的任何消息,可以不进行任何操作;If UE1 does not receive any message from UE2, it does not need to perform any operation;
若UE1接收UE2发送的UE2 ID或已经建立连接的消息,则根据接收到UE2 ID或已经建立连接的消息,判断UE2为已经建立连接的UE。If UE1 receives the UE2 ID sent by UE2 or the message that the connection has been established, it determines that UE2 is the UE that has established the connection according to the received UE2 ID or the message that the connection has been established.
1)使用之前存储的UE2的能力;1) Use the previously stored UE2 capabilities;
2)不存储UE2的能力。2) The capabilities of UE2 are not stored.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
下面以NR的直连系统为例进行说明。Let's take the direct connection system of NR as an example.
实施例1:本例中,通过PC5-S建立连接时传输标识信息,UE1通过Direct Communication Request message发送UE1的标识信息。Embodiment 1: In this example, the identification information is transmitted when the connection is established through the PC5-S, and the UE1 sends the identification information of the UE1 through the Direct Communication Request message.
图6为用户识别过程实施流程1示意图,如图所示,可以包括:Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 1, as shown in the figure, which can include:
步骤601、UE1通过Direct Communication Request message发送UE1的标识信息。Step 601: UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Direct Communication Request message.
UE2通过接收到的UE1的标识信息,判断其与UE1是否之前已经建立过连接。UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 before through the received identification information of UE1.
若已建立,则UE2使用之前已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID在Direct Communication Accept message中回复。If it has been established, UE2 uses the UE2 ID that has previously established a connection with UE1 to reply in the Direct Communication Accept message.
步骤602、UE2通过Direct Communication Accept message回复,其中包含之前已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID,通知UE1已经建立过连接。Step 602: The UE2 replies through a Direct Communication Accept message, which contains the ID of the UE2 that has previously established a connection with the UE1, and informs the UE1 that the connection has been established.
此时还可以:You can also:
1)通知UE2的AS layer,不需要建立AS层连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;1) Notify the AS layer of UE2 that it does not need to establish an AS layer connection, nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, and use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。2) The communication connection of the NAS layer is not established, and the UE capability is not required to be exchanged, and subsequent services are transmitted using the previously established connection.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Direct Communication Accept message,判断UE2为之前已经建立连接的UE。According to the Direct Communication Accept message sent by UE2, UE1 determines that UE2 is a UE that has established a connection before.
1)通知UE1的AS layer,不需要建立AS层连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;1) Notify the AS layer of UE1 that it does not need to establish an AS layer connection, nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, and use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。2) The communication connection of the NAS layer is not established, and the UE capability is not required to be exchanged, and subsequent services are transmitted using the previously established connection.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
步骤603、V2X service data over unicast link(V2X单播业务数据)若已建立,则在之前的连接上传输数据。Step 603: If the V2X service data over unicast link (V2X unicast service data) has been established, the data is transmitted on the previous connection.
使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在之前UE1与 UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID。The subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
发送给同一个UE的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是不同业务的数据包,也可以是具有相同目的ID或不同目的ID的数据包)。Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
若未建立连接,If no connection is established,
对于上述1)则建立AS层连接;For the above 1), an AS layer connection is established;
对于上述2)则建立NAS层的通信连接。For the above 2), a communication connection at the NAS layer is established.
实施例2:本例中,通过PC5-S建立连接时传输标识信息,UE1还是按照现有流程发送Direct Communication Request message携带用于此次连接建立的UE1标识,UE2在Direct Communication Accept message中发送UE2的标识信息。Embodiment 2: In this example, the identification information is transmitted when the connection is established through the PC5-S, and UE1 still sends the Direct Communication Request message according to the existing process to carry the UE1 identification used for the establishment of the connection, and UE2 sends UE2 in the Direct Communication Accept message The identification information.
图7为用户识别过程实施流程2示意图,如图所示,可以包括:Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 2, as shown in the figure, which may include:
步骤701、UE1通过Direct Communication Request message发送用于此次连接建立的UE1标识。Step 701: UE1 sends the UE1 identity used for this connection establishment through Direct Communication Request message.
步骤702、UE2在接收到UE1发送的Direct Communication Request message之后,在Direct Communication Accept message中发送UE2的标识信息。Step 702: After receiving the Direct Communication Request message sent by the UE1, the UE2 sends the identification information of the UE2 in the Direct Communication Accept message.
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Direct Communication Accept message,通过接收到的UE2的标识信息,判断其与UE2是否之前已经建立过连接。According to the Direct Communication Accept message sent by UE2, UE1 judges whether it has established a connection with UE2 before through the received identification information of UE2.
若已建立,则:If established, then:
1)通知UE1的AS layer,不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用建立的连接传输后续业务;1) Notify the AS layer of UE1 that it does not need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities. This is because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;2) No communication connection at the NAS layer is established; there is no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
步骤703、可选的,UE1还可以通知UE2该连接已经建立过(取决于AS 层连接建立过程,如果是UE1发起AS层连接建立过程,则不需要通知UE2),则有:Step 703: Optionally, UE1 may also notify UE2 that the connection has been established (depending on the AS layer connection establishment process. If UE1 initiates the AS layer connection establishment process, UE2 does not need to be notified), then:
1)通知UE2的AS layer,不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用建立的连接传输后续业务;1) Notify the AS layer of UE2 that it does not need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。2) No communication connection at the NAS layer is established; there is also no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
步骤704、V2X service data over unicast link若已建立,则在之前的连接上传输数据。Step 704: If the V2X service data over unicast link has been established, data is transmitted on the previous connection.
使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在之前UE1与UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID。The subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
发送给同一个UE的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是不同业务的数据包,也可以是具有相同目的ID或不同目的ID的数据包)。Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
若未建立连接:If the connection is not established:
对于上述1)则建立AS层连接;For the above 1), an AS layer connection is established;
对于上述2)则建立NAS层的通信连接。For the above 2), a communication connection at the NAS layer is established.
实施例3:本例中,通过SL RRC连接建立过程中传输标识信息,UE1通过Sidelink RRC setup request发送UE1的标识信息。Embodiment 3: In this example, the identification information is transmitted during the establishment of the SL RRC connection, and the UE1 sends the identification information of the UE1 through the Sidelink RRC setup request.
图8为用户识别过程实施流程3示意图,如图所示,可以包括:Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 3, as shown in the figure, it can include:
步骤801、UE1通过Sidelink RRC setup request发送UE1的标识信息。Step 801: UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 through Sidelink RRC setup request.
UE2通过接收到的UE1的标识信息,判断其与UE1是否之前已经建立过连接。UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 before through the received identification information of UE1.
若已建立,则UE2使用之前已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID在Sidelink RRC setup中回复。If it has been established, UE2 uses the UE2 ID that has established a connection with UE1 before and replies in Sidelink RRC setup.
步骤802、UE2通过Sidelink RRC setup回复,其中包含之前已经和UE1 建立连接的那个UE2 ID,通知UE1已经建立过连接。Step 802: UE2 responds via Sidelink RRC setup, which contains the ID of UE2 that has previously established a connection with UE1, and informs UE1 that a connection has been established.
此时还可以:You can also:
1)UE2的AS layer不需要建立AS层连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;1) The AS layer of UE2 does not need to establish an AS layer connection, nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, and uses the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。2) The communication connection of the NAS layer is not established, and the UE capability is not required to be exchanged, and subsequent services are transmitted using the previously established connection.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Sidelink RRC setup,判断UE2为之前已经建立连接的UE。According to the Sidelink RRC setup sent by UE2, UE1 determines that UE2 is a UE that has established a connection before.
1)UE1的AS layer不需要建立AS层连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;1) The AS layer of UE1 does not need to establish an AS layer connection, nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, and uses the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接,也不需要交互UE能力,使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。2) The communication connection of the NAS layer is not established, and the UE capability is not required to be exchanged, and subsequent services are transmitted using the previously established connection.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
步骤803、V2X service data over unicast link若已建立,则在之前的连接上传输数据。Step 803: If the V2X service data over unicast link has been established, data is transmitted on the previous connection.
使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在之前UE1与UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID。The subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
发送给同一个UE的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是不同业务的数据包,也可以是具有相同目的ID或不同目的ID的数据包)。Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
若未建立连接:If the connection is not established:
对于上述1)则建立AS层连接;For the above 1), an AS layer connection is established;
对于上述2)则建立NAS层的通信连接。For the above 2), a communication connection at the NAS layer is established.
实施例4:本例中,通过SL RRC连接建立过程中传输标识信息,UE1在Sidelink RRC setup request消息中携带用于此次连接建立的源标识和目的标识(和当前流程一样),UE2在Sidelink RRC setup中发送UE2的标识信息。Embodiment 4: In this example, the identification information is transmitted during the establishment of the SL RRC connection. The Sidelink RRC setup request message carries the source identification and the destination identification for this connection establishment (the same as the current process), and the UE2 is in Sidelink. The identification information of UE2 is sent in the RRC setup.
图9为用户识别过程实施流程4示意图,如图所示,可以包括:Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 4, as shown in the figure, which may include:
步骤901、UE1通过Sidelink RRC setup request发送用于此次连接建立的源标识和目的标识,其中源标识为用于此次连接建立的UE1的标识。Step 901: The UE1 sends the source identifier and the destination identifier used for this connection establishment through the Sidelink RRC setup request, where the source identifier is the identifier of the UE1 used for this connection establishment.
步骤902、UE2在接收到UE1发送的Sidelink RRC setup request之后,在Sidelink RRC setup中发送UE2的标识信息,当然也可以在其他消息中发送UE2的标识信息。Step 902: After receiving the Sidelink RRC setup request sent by UE1, UE2 sends the identification information of UE2 in Sidelink RRC setup. Of course, it can also send the identification information of UE2 in other messages.
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的Sidelink RRC setup,通过接收到的UE2的标识信息,判断其与UE2是否之前已经建立过连接。According to the Sidelink RRC setup sent by UE2, UE1 determines whether it has established a connection with UE2 before using the received identification information of UE2.
若已建立,则:If established, then:
1)UE1的AS layer不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用建立的连接传输后续业务;1) The AS layer of UE1 does not need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities. This is because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务;2) No communication connection at the NAS layer is established; there is no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services;
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
步骤903、可选的,UE1还可以通知UE2该连接已经建立过(取决于AS层连接建立过程,如果是UE1发起AS层连接建立过程,则不需要通知UE2),则有:Step 903: Optionally, UE1 may also notify UE2 that the connection has been established (depending on the AS layer connection establishment process, if UE1 initiates the AS layer connection establishment process, UE2 does not need to be notified), then:
1)UE2的AS layer不需要建立RRC连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用建立的连接传输后续业务;1) The AS layer of UE2 does not need to establish an RRC connection; nor does it need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the established connection to transmit subsequent services;
2)不建立NAS层的通信连接;也不需要交互UE能力,这是因为AS layer configuration可能需要根据不同的QoS配置;使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务。2) No communication connection at the NAS layer is established; there is also no need to interact with UE capabilities, because the AS layer configuration may need to be configured according to different QoS; use the previously established connection to transmit subsequent services.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
例如,UE1可以通过Sidelink RRC setup complete消息通知UE2该连接已经建立过,其中,Sidelink RRC setup complete消息中包括UE1在Sidelink RRC  setup request中发送的UE1ID,以及UE2和UE1之前建立连接时使用的layer-2 ID,以及表示释放该RRC连接的IE中的一项或多项。For example, UE1 can notify UE2 that the connection has been established through a Sidelink RRC setup complete message, where the Sidelink RRC setup complete message includes the UE1 ID sent by UE1 in the Sidelink RRC setup request, and the layer used by UE2 and UE1 to establish a connection before. 2 ID, and one or more of the IEs indicating the release of the RRC connection.
步骤904、V2X service data over unicast link若已建立,则在之前的连接上传输数据。Step 904: If the V2X service data over unicast link has been established, the data is transmitted on the previous connection.
使用之前建立的连接传输后续业务,即,当前的业务可以在之前UE1与UE2建立的通信连接上传输,具有相同的目的ID。The subsequent service is transmitted using the previously established connection, that is, the current service can be transmitted on the communication connection established by UE1 and UE2 before, with the same destination ID.
发送给同一个UE的数据包可以复用在同一个MAC PDU中传输(可以是不同业务的数据包,也可以是具有相同目的ID或不同目的ID的数据包)。Data packets sent to the same UE can be multiplexed in the same MAC PDU for transmission (it can be data packets of different services, or data packets with the same destination ID or different destination IDs).
若未建立连接;If no connection is established;
对于上述1)则建立AS层连接;For the above 1), an AS layer connection is established;
对于上述2)则建立NAS层的通信连接。For the above 2), a communication connection at the NAS layer is established.
实施例5:本例中,通过传输UE能力或请求UE能力的消息中传输标识信息,UE1在传输UE能力或请求UE能力的消息中携带UE1的标识信息,可选的,UE2回复UE2的标识信息和/或UE2的能力。Embodiment 5: In this example, the identification information is transmitted in the UE capability transmission or UE capability request message. UE1 carries the UE1 identification information in the UE capability transmission or UE capability request message. Optionally, UE2 replies to UE2’s identification Information and/or UE2 capabilities.
图10为用户识别过程实施流程5示意图,如图所示,可以包括:Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the user identification process implementation process 5, as shown in the figure, it can include:
步骤1001、UE1通过传输UE能力或请求UE能力的消息中发送UE1的标识信息。Step 1001: UE1 sends the identification information of UE1 in a message for transmitting UE capabilities or requesting UE capabilities.
UE2通过接收到的UE1的标识信息,判断其与UE1是否之前已经建立过连接。UE2 judges whether it has established a connection with UE1 before through the received identification information of UE1.
若已建立,则可选的,UE2使用之前已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID回复UE1(也可以不回复),或者回复UE1已经建立连接的消息。If it has been established, optionally, UE2 uses the ID of the UE2 that has previously established a connection with UE1 to reply to UE1 (or not to reply), or reply to the message that UE1 has established a connection.
步骤1002、为可选步骤,UE2回复UE1,其中包含之前已经和UE1建立连接的那个UE2 ID,通知UE1已经建立过连接。Step 1002 is an optional step. UE2 replies to UE1, including the ID of the UE2 that has established a connection with UE1 before, and informs UE1 that the connection has been established.
此时还可以:You can also:
1)不向UE1发送UE2的能力;1) Does not send UE2 capabilities to UE1;
2)使用之前存储的UE1的能力;2) Use the previously stored capabilities of UE1;
3)不存储UE1的能力。3) The capability of UE1 is not stored.
1)、2)和3)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1), 2), and 3) are and/or relationships, and one or both of them can be executed.
UE1根据接收到UE2发送的UE2 ID,或和UE1已经建立过连接的通知,判断UE2为之前已经建立连接的UE,则,UE1 judges that UE2 is a UE that has previously established a connection according to the UE2 ID sent by UE2 or the notification that it has established a connection with UE1.
1)使用之前存储的UE2的能力;1) Use the previously stored UE2 capabilities;
2)不存储UE2的能力。2) The capabilities of UE2 are not stored.
1)和2)为和/或的关系,可以执行其中之一也可以都执行。1) and 2) are in the relationship of and/or, and either or both can be executed.
其他方案的实施例与本实施例1至5类似,经过相应的改进即可,这里不再赘述。The embodiments of other schemes are similar to the embodiments 1 to 5, and the corresponding improvements can be made, which will not be repeated here.
基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例中还提供了终端设备、及标识信息发送装置、标识信息接收装置、计算机可读存储介质,由于这些设备解决问题的原理与标识信息发送方法、标识信息接收方法相似,因此这些设备的实施可以参见方法的实施,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the embodiments of this application also provide terminal equipment, identification information sending devices, identification information receiving devices, and computer-readable storage media. Because of the principle of these devices to solve problems, identification information sending methods, and identification information receiving methods Similar, so the implementation of these devices can refer to the implementation of the method, and the repetition will not be repeated.
在实施本申请实施例提供的技术方案时,可以按如下方式实施。When implementing the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, they can be implemented as follows.
图11为第一终端设备结构示意图,如图所示,用户设备包括:Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first terminal device. As shown in the figure, the user equipment includes:
处理器1100,用于读取存储器1120中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor 1100 is configured to read a program in the memory 1120 and execute the following process:
在第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;When the first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the first terminal. The two terminals establish a communication connection;
收发机1110,用于在处理器1100的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 1110 is configured to receive and send data under the control of the processor 1100.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识经过算法生成的 标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,所述第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent in at least one of the following ways:
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a PC5-S connection;
第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing an SL RRC connection;
第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, if the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal are received The notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal, further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力;The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力。The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识 信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in a connection establishment acceptance message, and after receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or When describing the identification information of the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the first terminal When the identification information of the second terminal is used, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信 息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, if it receives a notification from the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection , Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, if it receives a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the second terminal The identification information of the terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接 中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的ID;或,The ID of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
其中,在图11中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1100代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1120代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1110可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口1130还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。Wherein, in FIG. 11, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 1100 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1120 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein. The bus interface provides the interface. The transceiver 1110 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium. For different user equipment, the user interface 1130 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with the required equipment. The connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
处理器1100负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1120可以存储处理器1100在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 1100 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1120 may store data used by the processor 1100 when performing operations.
图12为第二终端设备结构示意图,如图所示,用户设备包括:Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a second terminal device. As shown in the figure, the user equipment includes:
处理器1200,用于读取存储器1220中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor 1200 is configured to read a program in the memory 1220 and execute the following process:
在接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息后,根据所述标识信息确定是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;After receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, it is determined according to the identification information whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine the Whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
收发机1210,用于在处理器1200的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 1210 is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 1200.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, when the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is received in at least one of the following ways:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the PC5-S connection is established;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端在建立SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
第二终端接收第一终端的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal of the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines the first terminal according to the identification information, When the terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立 通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力;The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When the communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力。The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, when the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
通知第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Notifying the second terminal not to establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
通知第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Notifying the second terminal not to send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通知第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Notifying the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立PC5-S连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立请求消息发送所述第一终端的标识信息的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has already communicated with the first terminal. When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and when it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, further Include one or a combination of the following steps:
所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的ID;或,The ID of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述 业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a MAC PDU, and the service information includes the service information and new information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal Business information.
其中,在图12中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1200代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1220代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1210可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口1230还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。Wherein, in FIG. 12, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 1200 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 1220 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein. The bus interface provides the interface. The transceiver 1210 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium. For different user equipment, the user interface 1230 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with the required equipment. The connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
处理器1200负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1220可以存储处理器1200在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 1200 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1220 can store data used by the processor 1200 when performing operations.
如图13所示,本申请实施例还提供了一种标识信息发送装置,包括:As shown in FIG. 13, an embodiment of the present application also provides an identification information sending device, including:
通信连接模块1301,用于供第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接;The communication connection module 1301 is used for establishing a communication connection between the first terminal and the second terminal;
发送模块1302,用于在第一终端上向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接。The sending module 1302 is configured to send the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal on the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the second terminal. A communication connection is established.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯 一标识,预配置的唯一标识,所述第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier for network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述发送模块1302具体用于采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, the sending module 1302 is specifically configured to send the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the communication connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established;
在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the communication connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established;
向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;Sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal when the capability of the second terminal is requested from the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块1302还用于:若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,In an optional implementation manner, when sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal, the sending module 1302 is further configured to: if the first terminal sent by the second terminal is received A notification that a terminal has established a connection with a second terminal, or the identification information of the second terminal, use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
不存储所述第二终端的能力;和/或Does not store the capabilities of the second terminal; and/or
在向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块1302还用于:若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,When sending the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the capability of the second terminal from the second terminal, the sending module 1302 is further configured to: if a connection is established between the first terminal and the second terminal that is received from the second terminal Does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal when the notification of the second terminal or the identification information of the second terminal; or,
使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
不存储所述第二终端的能力。The capabilities of the second terminal are not stored.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, when the PC5-S connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent in a connection establishment request message; or, when the connection is established Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent in the message.
一种可选的实施方式中,在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,所述发送模块1302还用于:在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二 终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in a connection establishment accept message, and the sending module 1302 is further configured to: after receiving the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal Not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal when the notification of the connection or the identification information of the second terminal; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,所述发送模块1302还用于:在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment request message, and the sending module 1302 is further configured to: after receiving the information sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection Not to establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal when notified, or when the identification information of the second terminal is used; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块1302具体用于:In an optional implementation manner, when the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, the sending module 1302 is specifically configured to:
是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message; or the identification information of the first terminal is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,所述发送模块1302还用于:在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,所述不与所 述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and the sending module 1302 is further configured to: after receiving the first terminal and the second terminal sent by the second terminal The notification that the connection has been established, or the identification information of the second terminal, said not establishing an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,所述发送模块1302还用于:在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal identification information is sent in the connection establishment message, and the sending module 1302 is further configured to: upon receiving a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection , Or when the identification information of the second terminal, does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述发送模块1302还用于:在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。In an optional implementation manner, the sending module 1302 is further configured to: when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, transmit to the second terminal in a MAC PDU Service information, where the service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
如图14所示,本申请实施例还提供了一种标识信息接收装置,包括:As shown in FIG. 14, an embodiment of the present application also provides an identification information receiving device, including:
接收模块1401,用于在第二终端上接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;The receiving module 1401 is configured to receive, on a second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the second terminal. The terminal establishes a communication connection;
连接判断模块1402,用于根据所述标识信息确定第二终端是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接。The connection judgment module 1402 is configured to determine whether the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal according to the identification information.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,In an optional implementation manner, the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述接收模块1401具体用于采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息的:In an optional implementation manner, the receiving module 1401 is specifically configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a PC5-S connection;
接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes an SL RRC connection;
接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The identification information of the first terminal that is received by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal that is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述连接判断模块1402还用于:若根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, the connection judgment module 1402 is further configured to: When the identification information determines that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
不存储所述第一终端的能力;Not storing the capabilities of the first terminal;
和/或and / or
在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述连接判断模块1402还用于:若根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal's capabilities from the second terminal, the connection determination module 1402 is further configured to: if it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has When a communication connection is established with the second terminal, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
不存储所述第一终端的能力。The capabilities of the first terminal are not stored.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识 信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message; or, A terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
一种可选的实施方式中,所述连接判断模块1402还用于:在根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the connection judgment module 1402 is further configured to notify the first terminal when it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal The second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo; or,
不与所述第一终端建立PC5-S连接。Do not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
一种可选的实施方式中,在建立SL RRC连接发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。In an optional implementation manner, when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message; or, The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
一种可选的实施方式中,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立请求消息发送所述第一终端的标识信息的,所述连接判断模块1402还用于:在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and the connection determination module 1402 is further configured to: determine the identification information of the first terminal according to the identification information of the first terminal. When the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
一种可选的实施方式中,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,所述连接判断模块1402还用于:在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,In an optional implementation manner, the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and the connection judgment module 1402 is further configured to: determine, according to the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal When the second terminal establishes a communication connection, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。Use the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, where the identifier of the second terminal is that of the second terminal used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Logo.
一种可选的实施方式中,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:In an optional implementation manner, the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
一种可选的实施方式中,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,所述第一终端在一个MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。In an optional implementation manner, when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in one MAC PDU, so The service information includes service information and new service information transmitted in the communication connection established between the first terminal and the second terminal.
为了描述的方便,以上所述装置的各部分以功能分为各种模块或单元分别描述。当然,在实施本申请时可以把各模块或单元的功能在同一个或多个软件或硬件中实现。For the convenience of description, each part of the above-mentioned device is divided into various modules or units by function and described separately. Of course, when implementing this application, the functions of each module or unit can be implemented in the same or multiple software or hardware.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有执行上述标识信息发送或接收方法的计算机程序。具体实施可以参见标识信息发送或接收方法的实施,不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores a computer program that executes the foregoing identification information sending or receiving method. For specific implementation, please refer to the implementation of identification information sending or receiving method, which will not be repeated here.
综上所述,在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的标识信息,标识信息用于第二终端判断第一终端是否已经和第二终端建立了通信连接。In summary, in the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal. Communication connection.
第一终端的标识信息,可以为以下信息中的一种或多种:第一终端正在使用的标识,第一终端正在使用的标识组合,第一终端的唯一标识。The identification information of the first terminal may be one or more of the following information: the identification being used by the first terminal, the combination of identification being used by the first terminal, and the unique identification of the first terminal.
在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,给出了一种识别用户的方案,从而使得单播连接中的两个UE之间就可以建立唯一的单播连接,从而只需要维护一个单播连接,存储一份UE上下文,节省资源。In the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, a solution for identifying users is provided, so that a unique unicast connection can be established between two UEs in a unicast connection, so that only one unicast connection needs to be maintained , Store a copy of UE context and save resources.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application can be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Therefore, the present application may adopt the form of a complete hardware embodiment, a complete software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, this application may adopt the form of a computer program product implemented on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, etc.) containing computer-usable program codes.
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程 和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。This application is described with reference to flowcharts and/or block diagrams of methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to the embodiments of this application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment are generated It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing functions specified in a flow or multiple flows in the flowchart and/or a block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, this application also intends to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (61)

  1. 一种标识信息发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending identification information, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接;Establishing a communication connection between the first terminal and the second terminal;
    第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接。The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The method according to claim 1, wherein the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,The method according to claim 2, wherein the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,所述第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息的:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal by using at least one of the following methods to send the identification information of the first terminal:
    第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立直通通信接口PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When establishing a communication connection, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a direct communication interface PC5-S connection;
    第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立直通链路无线资源控制信令SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a through link radio resource control signaling SL RRC connection;
    第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
    第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 4, wherein:
    在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力;The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal;
    和/或and / or
    在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力。The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
  6. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The method of claim 4, wherein the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment accept message.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,第一终端在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 6, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in a connection establishment acceptance message, and the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection after receiving the message sent by the second terminal. The notification, or the identification information of the second terminal, further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  8. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,第一终端在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 6, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  9. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The method according to claim 4, wherein the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 9, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and the first terminal and the second terminal have been established after receiving the message sent by the second terminal. When the notification of connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端 传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 10, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  12. 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,第一终端在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 9, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 12, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  14. 如权利要求4至13任一所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 13, wherein when determining that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端在一个媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a media access control protocol data unit MAC PDU, and the service information is included in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Transmitted business information and new business information.
  15. 一种标识信息接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving identification information, characterized in that it comprises:
    第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
    第二终端根据所述标识信息确定是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接。The second terminal determines whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established according to the identification information.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The method according to claim 15, wherein the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,The method according to claim 16, wherein the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  18. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息的:15. The method of claim 15, wherein the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal by using at least one of the following methods to receive the identification information of the first terminal:
    第二终端接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立直通通信接口PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识 信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes the direct communication interface PC5-S connection;
    第二终端接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立直通链路无线资源控制信令SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a through link radio resource control signaling SL RRC connection ;
    第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
    第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 18, wherein:
    在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When a communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力;The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal;
    和/或and / or
    在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When the communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力。The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
  20. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The method of claim 18, wherein the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment accept message.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,在第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 20, wherein when the second terminal determines that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal according to the identification information, the method further comprises one of the following steps or a combination thereof :
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立PC5-S连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  22. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,在建立SL RRC连接发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The method of claim 18, wherein when establishing an SL RRC connection and sending the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,第一终端是通过SL RRC 连接建立请求消息发送所述第一终端的标识信息的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 22, wherein the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and determines that the first terminal has When a communication connection is established with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 23, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  25. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 22, wherein the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and it is determined according to the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established communication with the second terminal When connecting, further include one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The method according to claim 25, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  27. 如权利要求18至26任一所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 26, wherein when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端在一个媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a media access control protocol data unit MAC PDU, and the service information is included in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Transmitted business information and new business information.
  28. 一种第一终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A first terminal device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor is used to read the program in the memory and execute the following process:
    在第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;When the first terminal establishes a communication connection with the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the first terminal. The two terminals establish a communication connection;
    收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。Transceiver, used to receive and send data under the control of the processor.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The device according to claim 28, wherein the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端正在使用的 标识包括所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,The device according to claim 29, wherein the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:所述第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, or identifiers generated by algorithms for all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,所述第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  31. 如权利要求28所述的设备,其特征在于,第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息的:The device according to claim 28, wherein the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal by using at least one of the following methods to send the identification information of the first terminal:
    第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立直通通信接口PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When establishing a communication connection, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a direct communication interface PC5-S connection;
    第一终端在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立直通链路无线资源控制信令SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;The first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal when establishing a communication connection, and sends the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a through link radio resource control signaling SL RRC connection;
    第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
    第一终端向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal, the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  32. 如权利要求31所述的设备,其特征在于,The device of claim 31, wherein:
    在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力;The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal;
    和/或and / or
    在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知, 或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The first terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不存储所述第二终端的能力。The first terminal does not store the capabilities of the second terminal.
  33. 如权利要求31所述的设备,其特征在于,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The device according to claim 31, wherein the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment acceptance message.
  34. 如权利要求33所述的设备,其特征在于,第一终端在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 33, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in a connection establishment acceptance message, and the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection after receiving the message sent by the second terminal. The notification, or the identification information of the second terminal, further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  35. 如权利要求33所述的设备,其特征在于,第一终端在连接建立请求消息中发送第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 33, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment request message, and upon receiving the notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, Or the identification information of the second terminal, further comprising one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端 传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立PC5-S连接。The first terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the second terminal.
  36. 如权利要求31所述的设备,其特征在于,在建立SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The device according to claim 31, wherein the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the SL RRC connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的设备,其特征在于,第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端标识信息,在接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 36, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the SL RRC connection establishment request message, and the first terminal and the second terminal have been established after receiving the message sent by the second terminal. The notification of connection or the identification information of the second terminal further includes one of the following steps or a combination thereof:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的设备,其特征在于,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 37, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  39. 如权利要求36所述的设备,其特征在于,第一终端在连接建立消息中发送第一终端标识信息,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已 建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 36, wherein the first terminal sends the first terminal identification information in the connection establishment message, if a notification sent by the second terminal that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal is received, or The identification information of the second terminal further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第一终端不与所述第二终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The first terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,The first terminal does not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端通过已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接向所述第二终端传输业务信息;或,The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal through a communication connection that has been established with the second terminal; or,
    所述第一终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The first terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the second terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  40. 如权利要求39所述的设备,其特征在于,所述SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 39, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端ID;或,The first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  41. 如权利要求31至40任一所述的设备,其特征在于,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:The device according to any one of claims 31 to 40, wherein when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further comprises:
    所述第一终端在一个媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a media access control protocol data unit MAC PDU, and the service information is included in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Transmitted business information and new business information.
  42. 一种第二终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A second terminal device, characterized by comprising:
    处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor is used to read the program in the memory and execute the following process:
    在接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息后,根据所述标识信息确定是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;After receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, it is determined according to the identification information whether a communication connection with the first terminal has been established, and the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine the Whether the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal;
    收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。Transceiver, used to receive and send data under the control of the processor.
  43. 如权利要求42所述的设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端的标识信息,包括以下信息中的一种或多种:The device according to claim 42, wherein the identification information of the first terminal includes one or more of the following information:
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识,所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合,所述第一终端的唯一标识。The identifier being used by the first terminal, the combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal, and the unique identifier of the first terminal.
  44. 如权利要求43所述的设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端正在使用的标识包括第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识;或,The device according to claim 43, wherein the identifier being used by the first terminal includes all identifiers used when the first terminal establishes a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端正在使用的标识组合包括:第一终端建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合,或建立通信连接时使用的所有标识的组合经过算法生成的标识;或,The combination of identifiers being used by the first terminal includes: a combination of all the identifiers used by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection, or an algorithm generated by a combination of all identifiers used when establishing a communication connection; or,
    所述第一终端的唯一标识包括以下标识之一或者其组合:网络配置的唯一标识,预配置的唯一标识,第一终端分配的唯一标识。The unique identifier of the first terminal includes one or a combination of the following identifiers: a unique identifier of a network configuration, a pre-configured unique identifier, and a unique identifier assigned by the first terminal.
  45. 如权利要求43所述的设备,其特征在于,第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息的:The device according to claim 43, wherein the second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal by using at least one of the following methods to receive the identification information of the first terminal:
    第二终端接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立直通通信接口PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes the direct communication interface PC5-S connection;
    第二终端接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立直通链路无线资源控制信令SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a communication connection, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a through link radio resource control signaling SL RRC connection ;
    第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
    第二终端接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The second terminal receives the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal, which is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  46. 如权利要求45所述的设备,其特征在于,The device of claim 45, wherein:
    在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When a communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立 通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力;The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal;
    和/或and / or
    在第一终端在第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the second terminal requests the capabilities of the second terminal, if the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal When a communication connection is established, it further includes one of the following steps or a combination:
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,The second terminal uses the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不存储所述第一终端的能力。The second terminal does not store the capabilities of the first terminal.
  47. 如权利要求45所述的设备,其特征在于,在建立PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息,第一终端是在连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在连接建立接受消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The device of claim 45, wherein the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the PC5-S connection is established, and the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in a connection establishment accept message.
  48. 如权利要求47所述的设备,其特征在于,在第二终端根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 47, wherein when the second terminal determines according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further comprises one of the following steps or a combination thereof :
    第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终 端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    通知第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,Notifying the second terminal not to establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
    通知第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Notifying the second terminal not to send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    通知第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,Notifying the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal through the communication connection that has been established with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识;或,The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立PC5-S连接。The second terminal does not establish a PC5-S connection with the first terminal.
  49. 如权利要求45所述的设备,其特征在于,在建立SL RRC连接发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立请求消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;或,第一终端是在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The device according to claim 45, wherein when an SL RRC connection is established to send the identification information of the first terminal, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in an SL RRC connection establishment request message Or, the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message.
  50. 如权利要求49所述的设备,其特征在于,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立请求消息发送所述第一终端的标识信息的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 49, wherein the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal through an SL RRC connection establishment request message, and determines that the first terminal has already been established according to the identification information of the first terminal. When a communication connection is established with the second terminal, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接 中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  51. 如权利要求50所述的设备,其特征在于,进一步在所述SL RRC连接建立消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 50, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment message further includes one of the following contents or a combination thereof:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立请求中发送的第一终端的标识;或,The identity of the first terminal sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment request; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  52. 如权利要求49所述的设备,其特征在于,第一终端是通过SL RRC连接建立消息发送的,在根据第一终端的标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 49, wherein the first terminal is sent through an SL RRC connection establishment message, and it is determined based on the identification information of the first terminal that the first terminal has established communication with the second terminal When connecting, further include one or a combination of the following steps:
    所述第二终端通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The second terminal notifies the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,The second terminal sends to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    所述第二终端不与所述第一终端建立SL RRC连接;或,The second terminal does not establish an SL RRC connection with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,The second terminal does not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端通过已经和所述第一终端建立的通信连接向所述第一终端传输业务信息;或,The second terminal transmits service information to the first terminal through the communication connection established with the first terminal; or,
    所述第二终端使用所述第二终端的标识向所述第一终端传输业务信息,所述第二终端的标识为在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中使用的第二终端的标识。The second terminal uses the identifier of the second terminal to transmit service information to the first terminal, and the identifier of the second terminal is used in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal The identity of the second terminal.
  53. 如权利要求52所述的设备,其特征在于,SL RRC连接建立完成消息中包括以下内容之一或者其组合:The device according to claim 52, wherein the SL RRC connection establishment complete message includes one or a combination of the following:
    第一终端在SL RRC连接建立消息中发送的第一终端ID;或,The first terminal ID sent by the first terminal in the SL RRC connection establishment message; or,
    第二终端和第一终端建立连接时使用的第一终端和第二终端的标识;或,The identities of the first terminal and the second terminal used when the second terminal establishes a connection with the first terminal; or,
    中止该RRC连接的指示信息。Instruction information to terminate the RRC connection.
  54. 如权利要求45至53任一所述的设备,其特征在于,在确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括:The device according to any one of claims 45 to 53, wherein when it is determined that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, it further comprises:
    所述第一终端在一个媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU中向所述第二终端传输业务信息,所述业务信息包括在所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立的通信连接中传输的业务信息和新的业务信息。The first terminal transmits service information to the second terminal in a media access control protocol data unit MAC PDU, and the service information is included in the communication connection that the first terminal has established with the second terminal Transmitted business information and new business information.
  55. 一种标识信息发送装置,其特征在于,包括:An identification information sending device, characterized by comprising:
    通信连接模块,用于供第一终端与第二终端建立通信连接;The communication connection module is used for establishing a communication connection between the first terminal and the second terminal;
    发送模块,用于在第一终端上向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接。A sending module, configured to send identification information of the first terminal to a second terminal on the first terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal Communication connection.
  56. 如权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于采用如下至少一种方式发送所述第一终端的标识信息:The apparatus according to claim 55, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to send the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
    在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立直通通信接口PC5-S连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When a communication connection is established, the identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, and the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the direct communication interface PC5-S connection is established;
    在建立通信连接时,向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在建立直通链路无线资源控制信令SL RRC连接时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;When establishing a communication connection, sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sending the identification information of the first terminal when establishing a through link radio resource control signaling SL RRC connection;
    向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的;Sending the identification information of the first terminal to the second terminal is sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
    向第二终端发送所述第一终端的标识信息,是在向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息的。The identification information of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal when the capability of the second terminal is requested from the second terminal.
  57. 如权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,在向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述发送模块还用于:若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第二终端的标识信息时,使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,The apparatus according to claim 56, wherein when sending the identification information of the first terminal when sending the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal, the sending module is further configured to: if the second terminal is received When the sent notification that the first terminal and the second terminal have established a connection, or the identification information of the second terminal, use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
    不存储所述第二终端的能力;Not storing the capabilities of the second terminal;
    和/或and / or
    在向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送所述第一终端的标识信息时,若接收到第二终端发送的第一终端与第二终端已建立连接的通知,或所述第 二终端的标识信息时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When sending the identification information of the first terminal when requesting the capabilities of the second terminal from the second terminal, if a notification that the first terminal has established a connection with the second terminal is received from the second terminal, or the second terminal When the identification information, it further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    不向所述第二终端发送所述第一终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the first terminal to the second terminal; or,
    使用之前存储的所述第二终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the second terminal; or,
    不存储所述第二终端的能力。The capabilities of the second terminal are not stored.
  58. 一种标识信息接收装置,其特征在于,包括:An identification information receiving device, characterized by comprising:
    接收模块,用于在第二终端上接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,所述标识信息用于所述第二终端确定所述第一终端是否已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接;The receiving module is configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal on the second terminal, where the identification information is used by the second terminal to determine whether the first terminal has communicated with the second terminal Established a communication connection;
    连接判断模块,用于根据所述标识信息确定第二终端是否已经和所述第一终端建立了通信连接。The connection judgment module is configured to determine whether the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal according to the identification information.
  59. 如权利要求58所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块具体用于采用如下至少一种方式接收所述第一终端的标识信息:The device according to claim 58, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the identification information of the first terminal in at least one of the following ways:
    接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立直通通信接口PC5-S连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when the first terminal establishes a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes the direct communication interface PC5-S connection;
    接收第一终端在建立通信连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端建立直通链路无线资源控制信令SL RRC连接时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal when establishing a communication connection is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal establishes a through link radio resource control signaling SL RRC connection;
    接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息;Receiving the identification information of the first terminal sent by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal sent when the first terminal sends the capability of the first terminal to the second terminal;
    接收第一终端发送的所述第一终端的标识信息,是第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息。The identification information of the first terminal that is received by the first terminal is the identification information of the first terminal that is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capability of the second terminal.
  60. 如权利要求59所述的装置,其特征在于,在第一终端向第二终端发送第一终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,所述连接判断模块还用于:若根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,The device according to claim 59, wherein when the first terminal sends the identification information of the first terminal when the capability of the first terminal is sent to the second terminal, the connection judgment module is further configured to: When it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal, notify the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识; 或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
    不存储所述第一终端的能力;Not storing the capabilities of the first terminal;
    和/或and / or
    在第一终端向第二终端请求第二终端的能力时发送的所述第一终端的标识信息时,若根据所述标识信息确定所述第一终端已经和所述第二终端建立了通信连接时,进一步包括以下步骤之一或者其组合:When the identification information of the first terminal is sent when the first terminal requests the second terminal for the capabilities of the second terminal, if it is determined according to the identification information that the first terminal has established a communication connection with the second terminal , It further includes one or a combination of the following steps:
    通知所述第一终端所述第二终端已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接;或,Notifying the first terminal that the second terminal has established a communication connection with the first terminal; or,
    向第一终端发送已经和所述第一终端建立通信连接时的第二终端标识;或,Sending to the first terminal the second terminal identifier when the communication connection with the first terminal has been established; or,
    不向所述第一终端发送所述第二终端的能力;或,Do not send the capabilities of the second terminal to the first terminal; or,
    使用之前存储的所述第一终端的能力;或,Use the previously stored capabilities of the first terminal; or,
    不存储所述第一终端的能力。The capabilities of the first terminal are not stored.
  61. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有执行权利要求1至27任一所述方法的计算机程序。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program for executing the method of any one of claims 1-27.
PCT/CN2020/079068 2019-04-30 2020-03-12 Identification information sending and receiving methods, device and apparatus WO2020220843A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910365381 2019-04-30
CN201910365381.6 2019-04-30
CN201910750450.5 2019-08-14
CN201910750450.5A CN111867146B (en) 2019-04-30 2019-08-14 Identification information sending and receiving method, equipment and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020220843A1 true WO2020220843A1 (en) 2020-11-05

Family

ID=72970565

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/079068 WO2020220843A1 (en) 2019-04-30 2020-03-12 Identification information sending and receiving methods, device and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111867146B (en)
WO (1) WO2020220843A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115915023A (en) * 2021-08-17 2023-04-04 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning method, device and terminal

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103024924A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-03 华为技术有限公司 Connection establishment method, device and system for D2D (device-to-device) terminals
US20160014831A1 (en) * 2012-02-10 2016-01-14 Lg Electronics Inc. D2d communication method according to d2d service type as well as d2d application type, and apparatus for same
CN106331978A (en) * 2015-06-19 2017-01-11 电信科学技术研究院 Selection method and apparatus of layer-2 link identifier and notification method and apparatus of layer-2 link identifier
CN110291839A (en) * 2019-05-17 2019-09-27 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Unicast connects method for building up, device and storage medium

Family Cites Families (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102958066B (en) * 2011-08-31 2017-09-05 华为技术有限公司 D2D terminal communicating methods and equipment
CN103037359A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-04-10 华为技术有限公司 Method, terminal and system for achieving device-to-device communication
CN103139930B (en) * 2011-11-22 2015-07-08 华为技术有限公司 Connection establishment method and user devices
US20140204847A1 (en) * 2013-01-18 2014-07-24 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Network-assisted d2d communication using d2d capability information
CN104244444B (en) * 2013-06-09 2018-08-07 电信科学技术研究院 D2D transfer control methods and equipment
CN105794303B (en) * 2014-01-31 2020-04-21 夏普株式会社 Terminal device, base station device, and communication control method
CN103916294B (en) * 2014-04-29 2018-05-04 华为技术有限公司 The recognition methods of protocol type and device
EP3651486B1 (en) * 2014-05-09 2024-04-17 Sun Patent Trust Resource allocation for d2d discovery transmission
CN104219758A (en) * 2014-08-08 2014-12-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 D2D communication method and device
KR102263688B1 (en) * 2014-10-07 2021-06-10 삼성전자주식회사 APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MUlTIPLE CONNECTIONS USING DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
US9699154B2 (en) * 2015-01-19 2017-07-04 Intel IP Corporation Systems, methods and devices for direct communication using a PC5 protocol
JP2018509050A (en) * 2015-01-27 2018-03-29 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド Packet filtering method and apparatus for ProSe in D2D communication system
JP6590942B2 (en) * 2015-04-17 2019-10-16 パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカPanasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Multiple ProSe group communications during side link control
US10491471B2 (en) * 2015-12-22 2019-11-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Radio configuration method for wearable device, related device, and base station
CN105611642A (en) * 2016-01-08 2016-05-25 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Data transmission configuration method, base station and user equipment
KR20180108589A (en) * 2016-01-29 2018-10-04 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 Method and terminal for side link data transmission
US11064557B2 (en) * 2016-03-30 2021-07-13 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for establishing radio resource control connection
CN105979604B (en) * 2016-05-31 2019-10-15 北京疯景科技有限公司 A kind of equipment connection method and device
WO2017214975A1 (en) * 2016-06-17 2017-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Method for acquiring wireless capability information about terminal, core network entity, base station and terminal
CN106487583B (en) * 2016-09-26 2022-02-15 海信集团有限公司 Method for establishing network connection and local area network system
CN108377558A (en) * 2016-10-21 2018-08-07 华为技术有限公司 Multi-link communication method, terminal device and the network equipment based on wave beam
CN107995605B (en) * 2016-10-27 2020-07-10 工业和信息化部电信研究院 Mobile communication system and terminal direct unicast sending control method
CN110291812B (en) * 2017-02-10 2022-04-15 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for inactive mode operation in a wireless communication system
CN107426828B (en) * 2017-07-03 2021-01-08 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Data transmission method and device and mobile terminal
CN109151818B (en) * 2018-08-07 2021-08-17 西安易朴通讯技术有限公司 Terminal verification method, AP (access point) equipment, terminal and system
US11950302B2 (en) * 2018-10-18 2024-04-02 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Method for data transmission and establishing unicast connection based on sidelink

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103024924A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-03 华为技术有限公司 Connection establishment method, device and system for D2D (device-to-device) terminals
US20160014831A1 (en) * 2012-02-10 2016-01-14 Lg Electronics Inc. D2d communication method according to d2d service type as well as d2d application type, and apparatus for same
CN106331978A (en) * 2015-06-19 2017-01-11 电信科学技术研究院 Selection method and apparatus of layer-2 link identifier and notification method and apparatus of layer-2 link identifier
CN110291839A (en) * 2019-05-17 2019-09-27 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Unicast connects method for building up, device and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ASUSTEK: "Discussion on content of UE Assistance Information", R2-1701408, 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #97, 17 February 2017 (2017-02-17), XP051212061, DOI: 20200602193953A *
HUAWEI ET AL.: "On Remaining Issues for UE Assistance Information", R2-1701364, 3GPP TSG RAN WG2 MEETING #97, 17 February 2017 (2017-02-17), XP051212025, DOI: 20200602193752A *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111867146A (en) 2020-10-30
CN111867146B (en) 2022-07-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3965440A1 (en) Sidelink communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
US11632788B2 (en) Data scheduling method, base station, and system
US8656029B2 (en) Multicast session setup in networks by determining a multicast session parameter based on a pre-existing unicast session parameter
WO2015113393A1 (en) D2d discovery and communication method, resource allocation method, and control node
US20170325076A1 (en) Base station, user terminal and apparatus
WO2016202227A1 (en) Selection and notification method and device for layer 2 link identifier
WO2015043470A1 (en) Group communication method, device and system
JP2022536148A (en) METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING SERVICE STABILITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
US20230096763A1 (en) Ran-5gc interactions for session join, session start, session leave, session stop, and session delete for 5g multicast broadcast services
WO2020164481A1 (en) Terminal apparatus identification method and apparatus
WO2015018232A1 (en) Device-to-device connection management method and apparatus, and base station
WO2021129838A1 (en) Data transmission method, base station, and core network element
JP2023533342A (en) Communication method and communication device
JP2007507972A (en) Method and apparatus for providing multimedia broadcast / multicast service in mobile communication system
KR20230004776A (en) Broadcast/multicast service management method, device, electronic equipment, storage medium
JP2020500451A (en) Communication method and device
JP2023535041A (en) Data transmission method, device and system
WO2021189260A1 (en) Multicast communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020220843A1 (en) Identification information sending and receiving methods, device and apparatus
KR20130008482A (en) Terminal of supporting direct communication using infra communication and direct communication method of the same
US20230156436A1 (en) Data Transmission Method, Apparatus, and System
WO2023029590A1 (en) Multicast/broadcast session management method and communication apparatus
CN108476384B (en) Data transmission method and related device
WO2020210930A1 (en) Trunked communication-based multicast service execution method, and related apparatus
TWI786013B (en) A communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20798839

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20798839

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1